Automated update of static/swagger-latest.json and static/openapi3-latest.json from the gitea main branch, opened by the "update api spec files" scheduled workflow.
Reviewed-on: https://gitea.com/gitea/docs/pulls/531
Reviewed-by: Lunny Xiao <[email protected]>
Co-authored-by: Gitea Bot <[email protected]>
## Summary
Adds Sealos to the cloud-provider installation page for the current and next
Gitea documentation.
## Why
Sealos provides a public, community-maintained one-click Gitea template. The
entry fits alongside the existing Cloudron, Linode, alwaysdata, and Exoscale
options.
## Proposed files
- `docs/installation/on-cloud-provider.md`
- `versioned_docs/version-1.27/installation/on-cloud-provider.md`
## Validation
- Sealos App Store: https://sealos.io/products/app-store/gitea
- Template source: https://github.com/labring-actions/templates/tree/kb-0.9/template/gitea
- Gitea image: `docker.gitea.com/gitea:1.27.0-rootless`
- Live deployment validated on 2026-07-24
- Verified administrator initialization, login, repository creation, commits,
issues, release uploads, persistence, and S3 upload, read, and delete flows
## Maintenance
I maintain the Sealos template and can update the documentation when its
deployment path changes. Deployment-specific support is handled in the
[Sealos templates repository](https://github.com/labring-actions/templates/issues).
## AI assistance
This proposal was prepared with OpenAI Codex assistance. I reviewed the
deployment evidence and proposed content and will personally handle review
feedback.
---------
Co-authored-by: Lunny Xiao <[email protected]>
Reviewed-on: https://gitea.com/gitea/docs/pulls/525
Reviewed-by: Lunny Xiao <[email protected]>
Co-authored-by: yangchuansheng <[email protected]>
Automated update of the generated runner reference pages from gitea/runner (main for the develop docs, the newest stable tag for every documented series), opened by the "update runner reference" scheduled workflow.
Reviewed-on: https://gitea.com/gitea/docs/pulls/528
Reviewed-by: Lunny Xiao <[email protected]>
Co-authored-by: Gitea Bot <[email protected]>
Automated update of static/swagger-latest.json and static/openapi3-latest.json from the gitea main branch, opened by the "update api spec files" scheduled workflow.
Reviewed-on: https://gitea.com/gitea/docs/pulls/522
Reviewed-by: Lunny Xiao <[email protected]>
Co-authored-by: Gitea Bot <[email protected]>
The docs site is served by Cloudflare Pages now, so the AWS deployment path is redundant.
- Drop the AWS CLI installation step.
- Drop the `configure-aws-credentials` step and the `aws s3 sync` + CloudFront invalidation step.
- Keep only the Cloudflare Pages deploy, and simplify the `_headers` / `_redirects` comment since it no longer needs to explain S3 ordering.
The AWS_* secrets are no longer used by this workflow and can be removed from the repository settings.
Reviewed-on: https://gitea.com/gitea/docs/pulls/518
Reviewed-by: silverwind <[email protected]>
Automated update of static/swagger-latest.json and static/openapi3-latest.json from the gitea main branch, opened by the "update api spec files" scheduled workflow.
Reviewed-on: https://gitea.com/gitea/docs/pulls/519
Reviewed-by: Lunny Xiao <[email protected]>
Co-authored-by: Gitea Bot <[email protected]>
The `checks` workflow deploys a Cloudflare Pages preview to the `pr-<number>` branch of the `docs-gitea-com` project for every pull request, but nothing ever removed it. Closed and merged pull requests therefore keep an alias and a growing list of deployments around.
This adds a `cleanup preview` workflow that runs when a pull request is closed (merged or not), lists the deployments of the project through the Cloudflare API and deletes the ones whose trigger branch is `pr-<number>`. `force=true` is used so the deployment the branch alias points at is removed as well.
Pull requests from forks do not receive the secrets, so the cleanup is skipped there, exactly like the preview deployment itself.
---------
Co-authored-by: bircni <[email protected]>
Reviewed-on: https://gitea.com/gitea/docs/pulls/517
Reviewed-by: bircni <[email protected]>
Co-authored-by: Lunny Xiao <[email protected]>
Five documentation fixes that do not depend on anything upstream.
**PostgreSQL version in the docker guide** (closes#224)
The compose example pinned `postgres:14`, the oldest version Gitea still tests against, and PostgreSQL does not upgrade its data directory on its own, so every new deployment that copies the example is one major upgrade behind from day one. The example now uses `postgres:18`, with a note about why the major version is pinned and a pointer to the supported range.
**SELinux** (closes#211)
`setcap 'cap_net_bind_service=+ep'` is what the docs suggest for binding to a port below 1024, but it is denied under SELinux depending on the label of the binary, and it is lost on every upgrade because the capability lives in an extended attribute of the file. A new page describes granting the capability through the systemd unit instead (`AmbientCapabilities`, plus `PrivateUsers=false` when the sandboxing gets in the way), the `semanage fcontext` / `restorecon` labels for the binary and the data directory, and how to read the denials with `ausearch` and `audit2allow`. It is linked from the binary and source installation pages and from the `gitea web` notes.
**OAuth2 and OpenID Connect** (closes#106)
The authentication page documented LDAP, PAM, SMTP, FreeIPA, SPNEGO and the reverse proxy, but not that Gitea can log users in against an external OAuth2 or OpenID Connect provider, which made it look like the only OAuth2 support is Gitea acting as the provider. The new section covers the fields of the authentication source, the callback URL to register at the provider, the group and claim mappings, and the `[oauth2_client]` settings, and separates it from the older OpenID 2.0 sign-in.
**IIS reverse proxy** (closes#39)
Application Request Routing rewrites the host of the `Location` header back to the internal one while "Reverse rewrite host in response headers" is on, which sends the browser to `127.0.0.1:3000` after a sign-in. The IIS section now says to turn it off and where the setting lives.
**ACME in containers** (closes#292)
`ACME_DIRECTORY` defaults to the relative path `https`, which is resolved against the working directory of the process. In the official image that is `/app/gitea`, outside the `/data` volume, so a recreated container asks the CA for a new certificate and runs into the Let's Encrypt limit of 5 certificates per week for the same domains. The HTTPS page now warns about it and shows an absolute path inside the volume; the cheat sheet entry points at the warning. The default itself is being changed in https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/pull/35851, the note stays useful for every released version.
Only `docs/` is touched, the released versions keep their content.
<!-- cloudflare-preview --> Preview: https://pr-513.docs-gitea-com.pages.dev
Reviewed-on: https://gitea.com/gitea/docs/pulls/513
Reviewed-by: bircni <[email protected]>
Co-authored-by: Lunny Xiao <[email protected]>
Closes#37.
Gitea generates an OpenAPI 3.0 document since 1.27 (`templates/swagger/v1_openapi3_json.tmpl`, renamed to `templates/swagger/v1-openapi3.generated.json` on main, served by an instance at `/openapi3.v1.json`), but this site never picked it up and still published Swagger 2.0 only. That is what the issue is about: code generators such as `openapi-python-client` reject the document with "You may be trying to use a Swagger document; this is not supported by this project".
**What this does**
- `update_api_docs.sh` downloads the OpenAPI 3.0 document next to the Swagger 2.0 one, rewrites the same placeholders (they sit in `servers` instead of `basePath`) and writes `static/openapi3-latest.json` and `static/openapi3-<minor>.json`. Versions that do not have one (1.26 and older) are skipped with a message and keep their Swagger 2.0 document.
- The OpenAPI 3.0 document is rendered where it exists (`/api/` and `/api/next/`), the older versions keep rendering Swagger 2.0. Both documents describe the same api and carry the same operation ids, so no url of an operation page changes; the `basePath` normalization is now only applied to the Swagger 2.0 documents, since a full url in `servers` is valid.
- The overview page of each version links both documents for download, which is what the issue actually needs: `https://docs.gitea.com/openapi3-27.json` for the current release, `https://docs.gitea.com/openapi3-latest.json` for gitea main.
- The scheduled workflow now refreshes and proposes both documents of gitea main.
**Verification**
- `pnpm dlx @redocly/cli lint static/openapi3-latest.json`: valid, only content warnings that come from upstream (missing 4xx responses, ambiguous paths).
- `openapi-python-client generate --path static/openapi3-latest.json`, the tool from the issue, generates a client. The only warning left is `POST /markdown/raw`, whose request body is `text/plain`.
- Operation ids of `static/swagger-27.json` and `static/openapi3-27.json` are identical (481 on both sides), so the operation pages keep their urls.
- Built the api product and compared a rendered operation page against the Swagger 2.0 one: same sections, the request body is now marked required where the document says so.
The released Swagger 2.0 documents are kept: they are the only description 1.26 and older ever produced, and some tooling still expects them.
<!-- cloudflare-preview --> Preview: https://pr-514.docs-gitea-com.pages.dev
Reviewed-on: https://gitea.com/gitea/docs/pulls/514
Reviewed-by: bircni <[email protected]>
Closes#146.
The published site runs pagefind, not docsearch: `PUBLIC_DOCSEARCH_APP_ID` and `PUBLIC_DOCSEARCH_API_KEY` are not set, so `astro.config.mjs` falls back to `pagefind: true`, and a page of docs.gitea.com ships starlight's `#starlight__search` with the `/pagefind/` bundle. The version scoping we have is only implemented for docsearch (`docsearch:product` / `docsearch:version` meta tags plus `facetFilters` in `src/config/docsearch.ts`), so nothing consumes it today.
Pagefind builds one index for the whole site, partitioned only by the html language, and nothing tags the pages with a version, so a search started in the 1.23 docs answers with every version of the same page and the latest one usually wins. That is what the issue reports; the original cause (the docusaurus search plugin) is gone, this one replaced it.
**What this does**
- `src/components/MarkdownContent.astro` wraps the content in two `data-pagefind-filter` elements, `product` and `version`, so the filters land in the index. One filter per element on purpose: pagefind reads the whole attribute as a single `name:value` pair, a comma separated value ends up as one filter named `product` with the value `docs,version:1.26`.
- The same scope is written to a `gitea:search-filters` meta tag next to the docsearch ones (`src/lib/search.ts`).
- Starlight builds the search ui from a build time configuration and has no option for per page filters, so its `@pagefind/default-ui` import is redirected to a subclass in `src/lib/pagefind-ui.ts` by the `gitea-pagefind-filters` plugin in `astro.config.mjs`, the same approach the `gitea-openapi-overview` plugin already uses. The subclass selects the filters of the page the modal was opened on.
- A "Search all versions" checkbox below the search input drops the filters again and labels each result with the version (and the product for the api and the runner) it comes from, so the duplicates are distinguishable. Translated into 简体中文 and 繁體中文.
- Pagefind's own filter panel is hidden, it is redundant next to the checkbox and starlight does not style it. The checkbox gets its native rendering back, pagefind resets everything it renders with `all: unset`.
- A `gitea-pagefind-filters-check` integration fails the build if the redirect did not run, so a starlight upgrade that moves the import cannot silently bring back an unscoped search.
`@pagefind/default-ui` is added to `sites/docs/package.json`; it was only reachable as a transitive dependency of starlight, and the version is the one already in the lockfile.
**Verification**
Built the whole site and drove the search with a headless browser against `astro preview` (the search does not run in `pnpm dev`):
| Page | Query | Results |
| --- | --- | --- |
| `/1.23/usage/actions/comparison/` | email | only `/1.23/...` |
| `/usage/actions/overview/` | email | only the version served at the root |
| `/runner/registration/` | label | only `/runner/...` |
| `/api/operations/tags/issue/` | label | only `/api/...` |
| `/zh-cn/1.26/usage/actions/overview/` | email | only `/zh-cn/1.26/...` |
| `/1.23/...` with the checkbox ticked | email | every version, results labelled `... · API 1.25`, `... · next` |
`pnpm check` passes. The docsearch path is unchanged: when the credentials are set the plugin takes over, the redirect does not run and the check integration skips.
<!-- cloudflare-preview --> Preview: https://pr-512.docs-gitea-com.pages.dev
Reviewed-on: https://gitea.com/gitea/docs/pulls/512
## Problem
`https://docs.gitea.com/help/seek-help` returns 404. It is still linked as the
*Support* item of the blog.gitea.com navbar, and it is not the only url in that
state: `/usage/webhooks`, `/usage/agit`, `/usage/protected-tags` and
`/usage/repo-mirror` are linked from gitea itself and 404 as well.
## Root cause
Not a rendering problem of the new site: those pages were moved years ago.
`docs/help/seek-help.md` became `docs/help/support.md` in 2023 (`slug: support`),
and the flat `/usage/<page>`, `/advanced/<page>`, `/developers/<page>` layout of
1.19 and 1.20 was reorganized into `usage/repository/`, `administration/` and
`development/`.
The old urls kept working because the site was published to S3 with
`aws s3 sync` **without** `--delete`: every page built before a move stayed in
the bucket and CloudFront kept serving it. The archived copy of
`/help/seek-help` still carries `last-modified: Wed, 12 Jul 2023` - the file was
six years stale but reachable.
The Astro deployment publishes to Cloudflare Pages, which only serves what the
current build emits, so all of those leftovers disappeared at once.
I crawled the urls the Wayback Machine has for `docs.gitea.com` and checked them
against the live site: 335 non-removed-version urls 404 today, and they are all
of this kind.
## Fix
301s in `cloudflare/_redirects`, from every legacy url that has a current
equivalent to that page, generated for the root, the `zh-cn` and `zh-tw`
prefixes and the `next` (develop) version. Also the runner docs that were
published under a full version number (`/runner/0.2.11/`, `/runner/1.0.8/`) and
`/runner/next/`, which is `/runner/develop/` now.
Checked while generating them, against a full local build:
- no rule shadows a page that exists today - the zh translations of `usage/agit`
and `usage/profile-readme` were never moved, so they are still served at the
old path and are left alone
- every target resolves to a page that exists, in the language and version the
rule redirects within
- no duplicated source, 417 static and 10 dynamic rules, well inside the
Cloudflare Pages limits (2100 / 100)
## Out of scope
- `/contributing/*`, `/developers/guidelines-*` and `/developers/hacking-on-gitea`
404 too, but those pages moved to the gitea repository, there is nothing on
docs.gitea.com to point them at.
- The `aliases:` frontmatter of the sources (`/en-us/seek-help`, `/webhooks`,
...) is a leftover of the Hugo site. Docusaurus ignored it and so does the
Astro build; those urls have been 404 for years and are not resurrected here.
- The blog.gitea.com navbar should link to `/help/support` directly, that needs a
pull request against gitea/blog.
Reviewed-on: https://gitea.com/gitea/docs/pulls/507
Reviewed-by: bircni <[email protected]>
Co-authored-by: Lunny Xiao <[email protected]>
Replace [#307](https://gitea.com/gitea/docs/issues/307)
Closes [#237](https://gitea.com/gitea/docs/issues/237)
## Summary
Rebuilds docs.gitea.com with [Astro](https://astro.build) and [Starlight](https://starlight.astro.build), replacing Docusaurus. Every
published url keeps working and no content file was moved: the site is a new rendering layer over the existing `docs/`, `versioned_docs/`, `i18n/`, `runner-docs/` and `static/swagger-*.json` trees.
For the first time the API reference is part of the site rather than a Redoc
bundle: all seven swagger documents are rendered into real pages, one per
operation, so they are linkable, crawlable and searchable.
## Why
- the Docusaurus build needs an 8 GB heap and about 2 minutes for 2478 pages;
the Astro build produces 5751 pages, API reference included, in about 100
seconds
- the API reference was a single client rendered Redoc page per version, absent
from the site search and from search engines
- sidebars, version lists and language lists were configured in three different
places and drifted apart
## What is in here
- **`packages/content-loader`** — the product × version × language matrix
(`products.ts`) and an Astro content loader that reads the existing markdown
trees directly. The matrix is the single source of truth: content loading,
sidebars, the version and language pickers, the version banner, the search
facets and the API schemas are all derived from it.
- **Content compatibility** — frontmatter `slug`, `sidebar_position` and
`sidebar_label` keep working, `_category_.json` still drives sidebar labels,
order and the generated category pages, `@version@` style release variables are
still substituted, `:::note` admonitions become Starlight asides and the 2778
relative `*.md` links are rewritten to urls while the site is built.
- **API reference** — `starlight-openapi` renders the seven swagger documents.
Operation urls are hyphenated (`/api/operations/list-admin-workflow-jobs/`),
the sidebar shows the operations of the version being read with a coloured
HTTP method badge, and the overview page links to one page per tag instead of
repeating all 484 operations.
- **Navigation** — a version picker that follows the reader to the same page in
another version, a language picker that only offers the languages the current
product is published in, and product links for Docs, API, Runner and
Enterprise.
- **Theme** — the light and dark palettes of about.gitea.com, mapped onto the
Starlight variables.
- **Search** — Pagefind by default; Algolia DocSearch takes over when
`PUBLIC_DOCSEARCH_APP_ID` and `PUBLIC_DOCSEARCH_API_KEY` are set. Every page
carries `docsearch:product`, `docsearch:version` and `docsearch:language` meta
tags, so a search stays inside what is being read.
`cloudflare/docsearch-crawler.json` holds the crawler configuration.
## Bugs fixed along the way
- `GET /user/applications/oauth2` and `GET /user/applications/oauth2/{id}` have
operation ids that only differ in case, so they collapsed onto the same url
and one of the two pages was silently dropped. They are now
`user-get-oauth2-application` and `user-get-oauth2-application-by-id`.
- The API overview and every tag page were all titled "Overview".
## Url compatibility
The routes of both builds were compared page by page during the migration with
`scripts/url-diff.mjs`:
```
identical: 2368, missing: 0, accepted: 110, added: 3292
```
The 110 accepted ones are all redirected in `cloudflare/_redirects`: the
localized copies of the English-only API and Runner docs, the Docusaurus search
page, and `/1.27/`, `/runner/3/`, `/api/1.27/` which are aliases of the versions
served at the product root. The added ones are the API operation and tag pages
plus the routes the Starlight language fallback serves in English when a
translation is missing — Docusaurus answered those with a 404.
## Workflows
- `checks` builds the site and type checks it on every pull request
- `Build and Publish Docs site` publishes `sites/docs/dist` to S3/CloudFront and
to Cloudflare Pages, and copies `cloudflare/_headers` and
`cloudflare/_redirects` into the deployment
- `update swagger files` and `update runner reference` are unchanged, they only
touch content
- `make cut-version PRODUCT=docs VERSION=1.28` replaces
`docusaurus docs:version`
## Removed
`docusaurus.config.js`, the swizzled theme under `src/`, and the Docusaurus UI
translations (`i18n/*/code.json`, `i18n/*/docusaurus-theme-classic/`). The
strings those carried — the product names, the footer column titles and the
outdated translation notice — were ported to
`sites/docs/src/config/strings.ts`; Starlight ships the rest of its interface in
both Chinese locales. The documentation content itself is untouched.
## Follow ups
- nine relative links are broken in the sources and reported by every build, the
same ones Docusaurus warned about; `GITEA_DOCS_STRICT_LINKS=true` turns them
into an error once they are fixed
- `cloudflare/worker.js` has to be deployed for `/enterprise/` to keep resolving
- the Algolia index has to be created and crawled before the search credentials
are set
## Testing
```shell
make install
make serve-fast # english, the version served at the root
make serve # the whole matrix
make build # 5751 pages
make check # 0 errors
make serve-built # build and serve, the only way to try the search locally
```
## Screenshots
<img width="1371" alt="image.png" src="attachments/69acdd77-cc89-4635-a8bd-1163a34afa86">
<img width="1810" alt="image.png" src="attachments/76212416-4825-4b4d-bf59-3e549900c96f">
<img width="1789" alt="image.png" src="attachments/7be84cda-5abe-48bd-8839-7ae1ee7806e7">
---------
Co-authored-by: bircni <[email protected]>
Reviewed-on: https://gitea.com/gitea/docs/pulls/496
Reviewed-by: bircni <[email protected]>
This PR contains the following updates:
| Package | Change | [Age](https://docs.renovatebot.com/merge-confidence/) | [Confidence](https://docs.renovatebot.com/merge-confidence/) | Type | Update | Pending |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| [@easyops-cn/docusaurus-search-local](https://github.com/easyops-cn/docusaurus-search-local) ([source](https://github.com/easyops-cn/docusaurus-search-local/tree/HEAD/packages/docusaurus-search-local)) | [`0.55.2` → `0.55.3`](https://renovatebot.com/diffs/npm/@easyops-cn%2fdocusaurus-search-local/0.55.2/0.55.3) |  |  | dependencies | patch | |
| [pnpm](https://pnpm.io) ([source](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/tree/HEAD/pnpm11/pnpm)) | [`11.17.0` → `11.20.0`](https://renovatebot.com/diffs/npm/pnpm/11.17.0/11.20.0) |  |  | packageManager | minor | `11.21.0` |
| [pnpm/action-setup](https://github.com/pnpm/action-setup) ([changelog](https://github.com/pnpm/action-setup/compare/0ebf47130e4866e96fce0953f49152a61190b271..0977fd99725f1db4007ccb2928dbb4e90d06cc86)) | `0ebf471` → `0977fd9` | | | action | digest | |
---
### Release Notes
<details>
<summary>easyops-cn/docusaurus-search-local (@​easyops-cn/docusaurus-search-local)</summary>
### [`v0.55.3`](https://github.com/easyops-cn/docusaurus-search-local/releases/tag/v0.55.3)
[Compare Source](https://github.com/easyops-cn/docusaurus-search-local/compare/v0.55.2...v0.55.3)
##### Bug Fixes
- trigger a release for refining search icon for [#​577](https://github.com/easyops-cn/docusaurus-search-local/issues/577) ([9a7eb91](https://github.com/easyops-cn/docusaurus-search-local/commit/9a7eb91393f389838cc31f45e4f4737dc4bb325e))
</details>
<details>
<summary>pnpm/pnpm (pnpm)</summary>
### [`v11.20.0`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/releases/tag/v11.20.0): pnpm 11.20
[Compare Source](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/compare/v11.19.0...v11.20.0)
#### Minor Changes
- **Security fix.** Affects projects using `namedRegistries` on pnpm 11.1.0–11.19.x. It is **semi-breaking** for those projects — see "If you use named registries" below.
The lockfile recorded no marker for which registry a package came from. Packages were keyed by `name@version` alone, and entry lookup went through `refToRelative(ref, name)`, so a dependency you declared against one registry could be satisfied by an entry that was actually resolved from another. When two registries served the same name and version, both collapsed onto a single `packages:` entry and whichever resolved first decided the tarball every consumer got.
That is a package-substitution risk: a package you expect from your private registry could be installed from a different registry that publishes the same name and version, and the lockfile recorded nothing that would let you tell.
Packages resolved from a named registry are now recorded under registry-qualified keys (`<name>@​<registryName>:<version>`, e.g. `foo@work:1.0.0`), so each registry gets its own entry and the lockfile pins which one a dependency came from.
The lockfile format version is unchanged. Registry-qualified keys appear only for packages resolved from a named registry, so a project that does not use `namedRegistries` sees no difference, and older pnpm versions keep reading the file.
##### If you use named registries
Your next non-frozen install re-keys those entries, which shows up as a lockfile diff. Commit it — that diff is the fix being applied. Review it: an entry that moves to a registry you did not expect is worth investigating.
Everyone working on the project should be on this version or newer before you do. An older pnpm reads the re-keyed lockfile fine — frozen installs are unaffected — but it does not produce registry-qualified keys itself, so any install that updates the lockfile writes those entries back to the old shape, and the next install on a current pnpm re-qualifies them. The result is a lockfile that flips back and forth, and while it is in the old shape the project is exposed again. Because the lockfile format version is deliberately unchanged, pnpm cannot detect this and warn you about it.
There is no setting to keep the old behavior: the old shape is the vulnerability.
Tarball URLs that follow the standard registry layout are no longer written to the lockfile for named-registry packages; they are recomputed from the `namedRegistries` setting on demand.
To use named registries, map your aliases in `pnpm-workspace.yaml`:
```yaml
namedRegistries:
work: https://npm.enterprise.example.com/
```
##### New built-in `npmjs:` alias
`npmjs:` now resolves to `https://registry.npmjs.org/` with no configuration, alongside the existing `gh:` alias for GitHub Packages. It pins a dependency to the public registry even when `registry` points elsewhere, such as an internal proxy:
```json
{ "dependencies": { "left-pad": "npmjs:^1.3.0" } }
```
`npm:` cannot do this — it is the alias protocol (`npm:<name>@​<range>`) and resolves through whatever `registry` points at.
**If you mirror or proxy npmjs, point the alias at your mirror:**
```yaml
namedRegistries:
npmjs: https://npm.internal.example.com/
```
Built-in registry URLs are also the prefixes a lockfile's recorded tarball URL is matched against when pnpm verifies a package. Without the override, an entry whose tarball URL is on `registry.npmjs.org` is verified against the public registry rather than your mirror. This only affects lockfiles that record such URLs — a canonical URL for your configured registry is omitted from the lockfile and unaffected — and only when a tarball-URL, `minimumReleaseAge`, or `trustPolicy` check runs. Overriding the alias is the same escape hatch GHES users already have for `gh`.
Every alias the lockfile references must stay in `namedRegistries`: reading an entry whose alias is gone fails with `ERR_PNPM_MISSING_NAMED_REGISTRY` rather than silently falling back to the default registry, since that would fetch a different package. Renaming an alias re-resolves the packages that used it.
Named registry aliases that shadow a reserved dependency specifier prefix (`file`, `link`, `workspace`, `runtime`, `npm`, `jsr`, ...) are now rejected with `ERR_PNPM_RESERVED_NAMED_REGISTRY_NAME` instead of being silently shadowed by the corresponding resolver.
`pnpm licenses` and `pnpm sbom` now keep the two artifacts apart as well: license records carry the registry alias, and SBOM components carry the purl `repository_url` qualifier.
#### Patch Changes
- An empty `http-proxy`, `https-proxy`, `proxy`, or `no-proxy` value — from the `.npmrc`, `pnpm-workspace.yaml`, the CLI, or the `HTTP_PROXY` / `HTTPS_PROXY` / `PROXY` / `NO_PROXY` environment variables — no longer fails the install with `ERR_PNPM_INVALID_PROXY`. Empty settings read as unset, so a shell exporting `HTTP_PROXY=` disables the proxy, and an empty `proxy=` in the `.npmrc` no longer suppresses `HTTPS_PROXY` [#​13533](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/13533).
`proxy=false` in the `.npmrc` or `proxy: false` in `pnpm-workspace.yaml` now turns proxying off instead of being read as a proxy host named `false`. `false` and `null` on `https-proxy` / `http-proxy` / `no-proxy` read as unset, and on the command line they are ordinary host names, since a flag carries its value verbatim.
- The env lockfile no longer pins `@pnpm/exe` alongside `pnpm` when the wanted pnpm version is 12 or newer. From v12 the unscoped `pnpm` package is itself the native executable, so `@pnpm/exe` is not published for it and resolving it would fail. The engine identity check now verifies the native binary through whichever package ships it.
- `lexCompare` and `nerfDart` are now published as `@pnpm/text.ordinal-comparator` and `@pnpm/config.registry-auth-key`. Use these instead of `@pnpm/util.lex-comparator` and `@pnpm/config.nerf-dart`.
- Fixed the order in which pnpm matches a lockfile's recorded tarball URL against known registry URLs. Two registry URLs of equal length were previously ordered arbitrarily, so which one a tarball URL matched could differ between runs.
- Dependency resolution is faster: package metadata is now filtered once per packument instead of once per dependency edge when `minimumReleaseAge` is active, and parsed semver versions and ranges are reused instead of re-parsed on every comparison.
- Security: `pnpm rebuild` now refuses a lockfile whose `packages` key carries a path traversal in the package name (e.g. `../../../[email protected]`), instead of running that package's lifecycle scripts and linking its bins in a directory outside the virtual store. Such a name is rejected with `ERR_PNPM_INVALID_DEPENDENCY_NAME`.
<!-- sponsors -->
#### Platinum Sponsors
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://bit.cloud/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer"><img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/bit.svg" width="80" alt="Bit"></a>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://openai.com/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/openai_dark.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/openai_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/openai_dark.svg" width="160" alt="OpenAI" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
#### Gold Sponsors
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://sanity.io/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/sanity.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/sanity_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/sanity.svg" width="120" alt="Sanity" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://discord.com/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/discord.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/discord_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/discord.svg" width="220" alt="Discord" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://vite.dev/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer"><img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/vitejs.svg" width="42" alt="Vite"></a>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://serpapi.com/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/serpapi_dark.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/serpapi_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/serpapi_dark.svg" width="160" alt="SerpApi" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://coderabbit.ai/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/coderabbit.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/coderabbit_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/coderabbit.svg" width="220" alt="CodeRabbit" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://stackblitz.com/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/stackblitz.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/stackblitz_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/stackblitz.svg" width="190" alt="Stackblitz" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://workleap.com/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/workleap.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/workleap_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/workleap.svg" width="190" alt="Workleap" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://nx.dev/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/nx.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/nx_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/nx.svg" width="50" alt="Nx" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<!-- sponsors end -->
### [`v11.19.0`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/releases/tag/v11.19.0): pnpm 11.19
[Compare Source](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/compare/v11.18.0...v11.19.0)
#### Minor Changes
- `pnpm login` no longer requires an interactive terminal when the registry supports web-based login: without a TTY it prints the authentication URL (skipping the QR code and the "Press ENTER to open the URL in your browser" prompt) and polls the registry until the browser approval completes. Only the classic username/password login still fails with `ERR_PNPM_LOGIN_NON_INTERACTIVE` in a non-interactive terminal.
- The `save-prefix` setting now accepts `=`: newly added dependencies are saved with an explicit `=` operator (`=1.2.3`) instead of the setting being silently treated as the default `^`.
#### Patch Changes
- `allowBuilds` entries can now approve git-hosted packages that pnpm downloads as a tarball, such as `github:` dependencies (which are fetched from `codeload.github.com` rather than cloned), by their repository URL without the resolved commit hash. This matches the hashless `git+` matching already supported for cloned git dependencies. For example:
```yaml
allowBuilds:
"foo@git+https://github.com/org/foo.git": true
```
This approves the package whether pnpm clones it or downloads a tarball, so the entry no longer has to be updated every time the pinned commit changes. GitLab and Bitbucket tarball downloads are matched the same way. Approving or denying a specific resolved commit by its full tarball dep path continues to work.
- `pnpm outdated --include-github-actions` no longer blocks on an interactive git credential prompt when a workflow uses a private action repo.
- Prevented `minimumReleaseAge` from replacing `latest` with a SemVer-greater version than the registry tag target [#​13034](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/13034).
- Fixed empty `bundledDependencies` and `bundleDependencies` arrays causing nondeterministic lockfile changes. See [#​13123](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/13123).
- The install summary no longer prints `(X is available)` when the registry's `dist-tags.latest` is still held back by the active `minimumReleaseAge` policy. The hint only ever names the actual latest tag, so an immature latest suppresses the hint instead of advertising the version pnpm just refused to install [#​11698](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/11698).
- `pnpm update` keeps the explicit `=` operator of an exact version pin: a dependency saved as `=3.5.1` now updates to `=3.5.2` instead of the bare `3.5.2`. See [#​13168](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/13168).
- Preserve a workspace dependency's `link:` entry when a run does not target it — e.g. `pnpm update <other-pkg>` (with or without `--recursive`), or a plain install after a root/catalog dependency change — with `injectWorkspacePackages`, instead of spuriously rewriting it to a peer-suffixed `file:` protocol. See [#​10433](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/10433).
- Workspace dependencies declared with a relative path (e.g. `"foo": "workspace:../foo"`) are no longer silently dropped from the workspace projects graph, so `--filter` selection and the topological order of recursive commands take them into account.
<!-- sponsors -->
#### Platinum Sponsors
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://bit.cloud/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer"><img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/bit.svg" width="80" alt="Bit"></a>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://openai.com/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/openai_dark.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/openai_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/openai_dark.svg" width="160" alt="OpenAI" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
#### Gold Sponsors
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://sanity.io/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/sanity.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/sanity_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/sanity.svg" width="120" alt="Sanity" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://discord.com/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/discord.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/discord_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/discord.svg" width="220" alt="Discord" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://vite.dev/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer"><img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/vitejs.svg" width="42" alt="Vite"></a>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://serpapi.com/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/serpapi_dark.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/serpapi_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/serpapi_dark.svg" width="160" alt="SerpApi" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://coderabbit.ai/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/coderabbit.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/coderabbit_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/coderabbit.svg" width="220" alt="CodeRabbit" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://stackblitz.com/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/stackblitz.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/stackblitz_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/stackblitz.svg" width="190" alt="Stackblitz" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://workleap.com/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/workleap.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/workleap_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/workleap.svg" width="190" alt="Workleap" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://nx.dev/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/nx.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/nx_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/nx.svg" width="50" alt="Nx" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<!-- sponsors end -->
### [`v11.18.0`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/releases/tag/v11.18.0): pnpm 11.18
[Compare Source](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/compare/v11.17.0...v11.18.0)
#### Minor Changes
- Fixed an installed optional dependency being left without one of its own required dependencies. When a package reached through `optionalDependencies` is installable on the current system but one of its regular `dependencies` is not, a lockfile-based install skipped that dependency and installed the parent anyway, so importing the parent failed with `MODULE_NOT_FOUND`. The dependency is now installed, and an install-check warning reports the incompatibility. A dependency is still only skipped when every path to it is optional, or when the package that pulls it in was itself skipped [#​13286](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/13286).
- `pnpm setup` now appends `PNPM_HOME` and the global bin directory to the GitHub Actions environment files (`GITHUB_ENV` and `GITHUB_PATH`), so later steps in the same job can run `pnpm add --global` and other global commands [#​9191](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/9191).
- Added support for `publishConfig.name`, which publishes a package under a different name than the one its manifest carries in the workspace. It is for a project whose published name is already taken by a sibling project, which otherwise has to be renamed by a build step just before publishing. Only the published artifact is renamed — dependents, `pnpm-lock.yaml`, and release tooling keep addressing the project by its manifest name — and the new name reaches the packed manifest, the tarball filename, and everything that addresses the package at the registry: the already-published check of `pnpm publish -r`, its registry selection, and the release-planning probes of `pnpm change status` and `pnpm version -r` [#​13345](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/13345).
- `pnpm self-update` no longer takes any instruction from the project it is run in:
- pnpm is fetched through the same trusted registry and auth configuration used when switching pnpm versions, so a project `.npmrc` or `pnpm-workspace.yaml` can no longer redirect the download or attach credentials to it, and the project's default `.pnpmfile.(c|m)js` is no longer loaded. Pnpmfiles from trusted sources (the `pnpmfile` setting, the global pnpmfile, config dependencies) still apply.
- The `minimumReleaseAge` settings in `pnpm-workspace.yaml` no longer affect `self-update`. They still govern the project's own dependencies; for `self-update` the cooldown now comes from the built-in default, your global config, a `PNPM_CONFIG_*` environment variable, or a command-line flag. This fixes `self-update` failing inside a workspace that raises the cutoff while succeeding everywhere else, and stops a repository from either waiving the cooldown or keeping you on an outdated pnpm by raising it.
- The same applies to the `trustPolicy` settings and to `ci`: a project can no longer weaken the trust check that guards the pnpm download, nor re-enable the confirmation prompt that a CI run suppresses.
When `self-update` refuses a version that is younger than the cutoff, an interactive run now offers to update anyway; non-interactive runs still fail. CI never prompts, even on a runner that attaches a TTY.
#### Patch Changes
- Fixed `pnpm licenses list` to report every version when the same package is installed under multiple aliases [pnpm/pnpm#13438](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/13438).
- Sort `pnpm dedupe --check` snapshot changes for stable output across pnpm implementations.
- Strip Unicode formatting characters from registry- and manifest-derived terminal output.
- Speed up installs after compatible catalog or direct dependency range changes by retaining the locked version without resolving the dependency graph again.
- Speed up installs after safe override changes by reusing unambiguous compatible dependency resolutions, pruning obsolete dependencies, applying independent replacements and removals together, and handling parent-scoped `"-"` overrides without full lockfile resolution.
- Installing a local `file:` directory dependency with the global virtual store enabled no longer fails with `TypeError: Cannot read properties of undefined (reading 'split')` [#​13335](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/13335).
Local directory dependencies — `file:` directories and injected workspace packages — now get a global-virtual-store slot of their own per project. They used to share one slot across every project that depended on a directory of the same name, so a project could end up linked to another project's copy of the dependency.
- The `Workspace` column of `pnpm update --interactive` now falls back to the project's path when its `name` is only whitespace, as it already did for a missing or empty one — all three render an equally blank label otherwise.
- Checking GitHub Actions dependencies for updates is now opt-in for every command. Neither `pnpm outdated` nor `pnpm update` reads the workflow files unless `--include-github-actions` is passed or `update.githubActions` is set to `true` in `pnpm-workspace.yaml`. Reading them runs `git ls-remote` against every referenced repository, which fails in environments where GitHub is not reachable the way pnpm assumes (a GitHub Enterprise Server, a custom certificate authority, or an offline network) [#​13254](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/13254).
`pnpm outdated` accepts the `--include-github-actions` option too.
- `pnpm update --interactive` now measures its table in terminal columns rather than in characters. A package name, workspace name, or version containing wide characters (CJK, most emoji) no longer knocks its row's columns out of line with the rest of the group, and a wide character in a version no longer aborts the command with `Subject parameter value width cannot be greater than the container width` [#​13357](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/13357).
- The `Workspace` column of `pnpm update --interactive` is more informative in two cases. A dependency outdated at the same version in several workspace projects is offered as one choice, since selecting it updates every project — that choice now names all of them instead of only the first. And a workspace project without a `name` is now labelled with its path rather than left blank, so several unnamed projects can be told apart.
- An auto-installed *optional* peer is no longer hoisted at a version the workspace root's own dependency on that package excludes. `resolvePeersFromWorkspaceRoot` already made the workspace root's specifier decide which version a missing *required* peer is installed at; the optional-peer picker ignored it and always took the highest version present anywhere in the graph. In a workspace whose root pins `postcss: 8.5.10`, an importer that depends on `webpack` and declares no `postcss` of its own got `[email protected]` hoisted for `terser-webpack-plugin`'s optional `postcss` peer, leaving two `[email protected]` instances in the graph [#​13320](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/13320).
- `overrides` now also govern peers that pnpm auto-installs. Previously an override only rewrote dependencies declared in a manifest, so a peer nobody declares — installed because `autoInstallPeers` is on — resolved against its declared peer range and could bring in a second copy of the very package the override pinned. For example, with `overrides: { react: npm:[email protected] }` and a lone `lucide-react` dependency, pnpm installed `[email protected]`; it now installs the pinned `[email protected]` [#​13320](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/13320).
- Under `resolvePeersFromWorkspaceRoot`, a workspace root dependency declared with `link:` or `file:` (or the path form of `workspace:`, such as `workspace:../pkg`) now satisfies another project's missing peer dependency at the linked package's own version, instead of being hoisted as a path. Those specifiers are relative to the project that declares them, so the same specifier reached a different directory — or none — from the project the peer was hoisted into, leaving a broken link. The root now has the same authority over the peer as it has when it declares the package with a version range [#​13373](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/13373).
- Installs through a pnpr server now apply the project's whole verification policy. `minimumReleaseAgeExclude`, `minimumReleaseAgeIgnoreMissingTime`, `trustPolicy`, `trustPolicyExclude`, `trustPolicyIgnoreAfter`, and `trustLockfile` were ignored, so excluded packages were still held back and a lockfile containing them could be rejected.
`trustPolicy: no-downgrade` no longer fails with `TRUST_POLICY_INCOMPATIBLE_WITH_PNPR` when a pnpr server is configured.
`--frozen-lockfile` and `--no-prefer-frozen-lockfile` are now honored on the pnpr path, instead of resolving and rewriting the lockfile anyway. Since `frozenLockfile` defaults to `true` on CI, a CI install through a pnpr server now fails on an out-of-date lockfile rather than updating it.
- Workspace installs through a pnpr server no longer crash with `Cannot read properties of undefined (reading 'filter')` after linking, when `minimumReleaseAge` is active [#​13275](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/13275).
- Fixed `pnpm dedupe` updating valid catalog resolutions when another matching version exists in the lockfile.
- `pnpm -r run "/pattern/" --no-bail` no longer exits zero when one of a project's matched scripts fails and a later one passes. The run summary carries a single status per project, and the passing script overwrote the recorded failure.
- Restored the store block a first install prints, naming how packages were materialized and where the stores live [#​13315](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/13315):
```text
Packages are hard linked from the content-addressable store to the virtual store.
Content-addressable store is at: ~/.local/share/pnpm/store/v11
Virtual store is at: node_modules/.pnpm
```
- The root project's `pnpm:devPreinstall` script now runs before resolution and linking, as it does in pnpm 11. It is skipped under `--ignore-scripts`, `--lockfile-only` and `--dry-run`, by `pnpm fetch` and `pnpm rebuild`, and by a repeat install that is already up to date. Workspaces that use the hook to prepare state the install depends on — such as [next.js](https://github.com/vercel/next.js), which generates a placeholder `next` bin with it — were left with dependents linked against files that were never created [#​13313](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/13313).
- Prevented `pnpm dedupe --check` from removing an incompatible `node_modules` directory.
- `pnpm update --workspace` no longer links dependencies the user never named:
- Running it with `updateConfig.ignoreDependencies` configured no longer fails with `ERR_PNPM_WORKSPACE_PACKAGE_NOT_FOUND` for a dependency that is only published to the registry. Such dependencies keep their specifiers, as they already did when no dependencies were ignored.
- Passing package selectors that match no direct dependency no longer falls back to linking every workspace dependency.
<!-- sponsors -->
#### Platinum Sponsors
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://bit.cloud/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer"><img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/bit.svg" width="80" alt="Bit"></a>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://openai.com/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/openai_dark.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/openai_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/openai_dark.svg" width="160" alt="OpenAI" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
#### Gold Sponsors
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://sanity.io/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/sanity.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/sanity_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/sanity.svg" width="120" alt="Sanity" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://discord.com/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/discord.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/discord_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/discord.svg" width="220" alt="Discord" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://vite.dev/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer"><img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/vitejs.svg" width="42" alt="Vite"></a>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://serpapi.com/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/serpapi_dark.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/serpapi_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/serpapi_dark.svg" width="160" alt="SerpApi" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://coderabbit.ai/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/coderabbit.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/coderabbit_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/coderabbit.svg" width="220" alt="CodeRabbit" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://stackblitz.com/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/stackblitz.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/stackblitz_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/stackblitz.svg" width="190" alt="Stackblitz" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://workleap.com/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/workleap.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/workleap_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/workleap.svg" width="190" alt="Workleap" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://nx.dev/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/nx.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/nx_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/nx.svg" width="50" alt="Nx" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<!-- sponsors end -->
</details>
---
### Configuration
📅 **Schedule**: (UTC)
- Branch creation
- Between 12:00 AM and 03:59 AM, only on Monday (`* 0-3 * * 1`)
- Automerge
- At any time (no schedule defined)
🚦 **Automerge**: Disabled by config. Please merge this manually once you are satisfied.
♻ **Rebasing**: Whenever PR becomes conflicted, or you tick the rebase/retry checkbox.
👻 **Immortal**: This PR will be recreated if closed unmerged. Get [config help](https://github.com/renovatebot/renovate/discussions) if that's undesired.
---
- [ ] <!-- rebase-check -->If you want to rebase/retry this PR, check this box
---
This PR has been generated by [Mend Renovate](https://github.com/renovatebot/renovate).
<!--renovate-debug:eyJjcmVhdGVkSW5WZXIiOiI0My4xOTEuMiIsInVwZGF0ZWRJblZlciI6IjQzLjE5MS4yIiwidGFyZ2V0QnJhbmNoIjoibWFpbiIsImxhYmVscyI6W119-->
<!-- cloudflare-preview --> Preview: https://pr-500.docs-gitea-com.pages.dev
---------
Co-authored-by: Lunny Xiao <[email protected]>
Reviewed-on: https://gitea.com/gitea/docs/pulls/500
Reviewed-by: Lunny Xiao <[email protected]>
Co-authored-by: Renovate Bot <[email protected]>
Pull requests now get a Cloudflare Pages preview deployment after the site build succeeds, and the preview URL is written back as the last line of the pull request description.
- `concurrency` cancels the previous preview build when a pull request is pushed again.
- After `make build`, the workflow copies `cloudflare/_headers` into `build/` (same as the production deployment, so the file is never published to S3/CloudFront) and runs `wrangler pages deploy build --project-name docs-gitea-com --branch pr-<number>`, then extracts the `*.pages.dev` URL from the wrangler output.
Notes:
- Pull requests from forks do not receive the secrets, in that case the preview steps are skipped with a log message and the build check still runs.
- Requires `CLOUDFLARE_ACCOUNT_ID` / `CLOUDFLARE_API_TOKEN` (Pages edit permission) and `DEPLOY_TOKEN` (pull request write permission).
<!-- cloudflare-preview --> Preview: https://pr-498.docs-gitea-com.pages.dev
Reviewed-on: https://gitea.com/gitea/docs/pulls/498
Reviewed-by: Zettat123 <[email protected]>
The scheduled `update swagger files` job has failed on **every** run since it was added (I checked the run list on gitea.com, ~250 consecutive failures). Two reasons:
1. Upstream moved the file: `go-gitea/gitea` main no longer has `templates/swagger/v1_json.tmpl`, it is now `templates/swagger/v1-swagger.generated.json`, and the placeholders changed from `{{.SwaggerAppVer}}` / `{{.SwaggerAppSubUrl}}` to `0.0.0+GITEA-API-APP-VERSION` / `/GITEA-API-APP-SUBURL/api/v1`. Because the script used `curl --silent` without `--fail`, the 404 body was written into `static/swagger-latest.json`.
2. `main` is protected (`required_approvals=1`), so the job's `git push` to main could never succeed.
Changes:
- `update_api_docs.sh`: `set -euo pipefail`, download with `--fail` (a broken download now aborts instead of committing garbage), try the new generated json first and fall back to the old template for released tags, handle the 1.28+/1.24+/<1.24 placeholder variants, and add a `--latest-only` flag.
- `Makefile`: new `update-api-docs-latest` target for the cron job; `clean` no longer deletes the committed `static/swagger-*.json` files (deleting them breaks `make build`).
- `.gitea/workflows/update_swagger.yaml`: every 12h (plus `workflow_dispatch`) it regenerates only `static/swagger-latest.json`, verifies no placeholder is left and the file is valid JSON, force pushes to `bot/update-swagger-latest` and opens a pull request via the API (HTTP 409 = a PR is already open, it just now points at the new commit). It skips entirely when the bot branch already carries the same file, so no PR churn.
- `README.md`: document the two make targets and the automation.
`secrets.DEPLOY_TOKEN` must belong to a real user with `write:repository` so the PR checks are triggered; the job fails with a clear message if it is empty.
Tested locally in a scratch clone: `make update-api-docs-latest` produces a valid `dev` spec with no placeholders left, `make update-api-docs` still regenerates all released versions, and the workflow shell logic was simulated against a local bare repo for all three paths (open PR / bot branch already up to date / main already up to date), including a shallow clone to confirm `fetch-depth: 1` force pushes work.
Fixes#454
Reviewed-on: https://gitea.com/gitea/docs/pulls/481
Reviewed-by: techknowlogick <[email protected]>
The `usage/actions/runner` has duplicated runner documentations as `/runner`. This PR remove the duplicated content and leave obtain registry token in `usage/actions/runner` and runner install/configurations in `/runner`.
Reviewed-on: https://gitea.com/gitea/docs/pulls/479
Reviewed-by: silverwind <[email protected]>
Fixes https://gitea.com/gitea/docs/issues/386
`gitea.event` was documented as `{...}` only. Adds an "Event payload" section listing the commonly used fields per event, including `gitea.event.schedule`, and notes where Gitea's payloads deviate from GitHub's.
Also corrects the trigger event table:
1. `pull_request` takes `synchronize`, not `synchronized`
1. `workflow_run` also emits `in_progress`
1. `schedule`, `workflow_call` and `pull_request_target` were missing
Reviewed-on: https://gitea.com/gitea/docs/pulls/478
Reviewed-by: Lunny Xiao <[email protected]>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <[email protected]>
Documents the WebSocket endpoint `/-/ws` added in https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/pull/36965 and fixes the examples that could not serve it.
1. Nginx: adds the missing `proxy_http_version 1.1`, without it Nginx talks HTTP/1.0 upstream and Gitea rejects the handshake.
1. Apache HTTPD: `upgrade=websocket` on the existing `ProxyPass` rule, handled by `mod_proxy_http` since 2.4.48.
1. Nginx Proxy Manager: use the `Websockets Support` toggle, a duplicate `proxy_http_version` stops Nginx from starting.
1. IIS: the `WebSocket Protocol` Windows feature is required.
---------
Co-authored-by: silverwind <[email protected]>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <[email protected]>
Co-authored-by: mohammad rahimi <[email protected]>
Reviewed-on: https://gitea.com/gitea/docs/pulls/463
Reviewed-by: Lunny Xiao <[email protected]>
Reviewed-by: silverwind <[email protected]>
Co-authored-by: mohammad rahimi <[email protected]>
This PR contains the following updates:
| Package | Change | [Age](https://docs.renovatebot.com/merge-confidence/) | [Confidence](https://docs.renovatebot.com/merge-confidence/) |
|---|---|---|---|
| [pnpm](https://pnpm.io) ([source](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/tree/HEAD/pnpm11/pnpm)) | [`11.11.0` → `11.15.0`](https://renovatebot.com/diffs/npm/pnpm/11.11.0/11.15.0) |  |  |
---
### Release Notes
<details>
<summary>pnpm/pnpm (pnpm)</summary>
### [`v11.15.0`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/releases/tag/v11.15.0): pnpm 11.15
[Compare Source](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/compare/v11.14.0...v11.15.0)
##### Minor Changes
- Optional peer dependencies declared only via `peerDependenciesMeta` (for example `debug`'s `supports-color` peer) are now resolved from a satisfying version already present in the dependency graph, the same way explicitly declared optional peer dependencies are. Previously such peers were only resolved this way when the package's metadata was read back from the lockfile, so an unrelated dependency change could rewrite peer resolutions across the whole lockfile.
##### Patch Changes
- Updated `adm-zip` to prevent crafted ZIP archives from causing excessive memory allocation.
- `pnpm version -r` no longer writes a versioning-ledger entry with no consumed intents as a bare `intents:` key, which the next run failed to read with `ERR_PNPM_INVALID_VERSIONING_LEDGER`. Empty intent lists are now written as `intents: []`, and the ledger reader accepts the bare form left by earlier releases.
- Fixed pnpr workspace resolution to preserve project names and versions for `workspace:` dependencies.
<!-- sponsors -->
#### Platinum Sponsors
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://bit.cloud/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer"><img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/bit.svg" width="80" alt="Bit"></a>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://openai.com/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/openai_dark.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/openai_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/openai_dark.svg" width="160" alt="OpenAI" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
#### Gold Sponsors
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://sanity.io/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/sanity.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/sanity_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/sanity.svg" width="120" alt="Sanity" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://discord.com/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/discord.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/discord_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/discord.svg" width="220" alt="Discord" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://vite.dev/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer"><img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/vitejs.svg" width="42" alt="Vite"></a>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://serpapi.com/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/serpapi_dark.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/serpapi_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/serpapi_dark.svg" width="160" alt="SerpApi" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://coderabbit.ai/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/coderabbit.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/coderabbit_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/coderabbit.svg" width="220" alt="CodeRabbit" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://stackblitz.com/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/stackblitz.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/stackblitz_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/stackblitz.svg" width="190" alt="Stackblitz" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://workleap.com/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/workleap.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/workleap_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/workleap.svg" width="190" alt="Workleap" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://nx.dev/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/nx.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/nx_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/nx.svg" width="50" alt="Nx" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<!-- sponsors end -->
### [`v11.14.0`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/releases/tag/v11.14.0): pnpm 11.14
[Compare Source](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/compare/v11.13.1...v11.14.0)
#### Minor Changes
- `peerDependencies` now accept dependency specifiers that carry a scheme — a named-registry spec (`<registry>:<version>`), an `npm:` alias, or a `file:`/git/URL spec — instead of rejecting them with `ERR_PNPM_INVALID_PEER_DEPENDENCY_SPECIFICATION` [#​13095](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/13095). Such a peer is matched against the semver range carried by the specifier (`work:5.x.x` is checked as `5.x.x`, `npm:bar@^5` as `^5`), or against `*` when it carries no version, while the original specifier still selects the package to auto-install. Bare `name@version` values, which are almost always a mistake, are still rejected.
- Added `pnpm doctor`, which diagnoses the pnpm installation and the environment it runs in: the versions and install method, whether the global bin directory is on `PATH`, whether the store and cache are writable, which link strategies (reflink, hardlink, symlink) the store's filesystem supports, registry connectivity, and an offline `file:` install that exercises the resolve/store/link path end to end. Each check reports how to fix what it finds, and the command exits non-zero when any check fails.
Use `--offline` to skip the checks that need network access, `--json` for machine-readable output, and `--benchmark` to time the filesystem and install checks.
- Added support for executing multiple scripts matching a RegExp passed to `pnpm run` (e.g., `pnpm run "/^build:.*/"`), running matched scripts in deterministic lexicographical order. Restored the `--sequential` (`-s`) CLI option for `pnpm run`, which forces `workspaceConcurrency` to 1 so that matched scripts run sequentially one by one across and within packages.
#### Patch Changes
- Fixed `pnpm install` failing with `ERR_PNPM_LOCKFILE_IS_SYMLINK` when `pnpm-lock.yaml` is a symlink, as build sandboxes such as Bazel and Nix stage it [#​13073](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/13073). Reading a lockfile through a symlink is allowed again, and an install that leaves the lockfile unchanged no longer rewrites it, so `--frozen-lockfile` no longer needs to write at all. Writing a *changed* lockfile through a symlink is still refused, as that would redirect the write onto the symlink's target.
- Fixed frozen installs incorrectly treating equivalent Git dependency specifiers as a stale lockfile. See [#​13039](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/13039).
- `pnpm owner ls` now reports authentication and authorization failures (401/403) as dedicated errors that include the registry's response body, matching `pnpm owner add`/`rm`, instead of a generic `Failed to fetch owners` message.
- Recover from a metadata cache entry that disappears (concurrent cache cleanup, antivirus) after the registry has already answered the conditional request with `304 Not Modified`. The metadata is re-requested once without cache validators instead of failing the install with `ERR_PNPM_CACHE_MISSING_AFTER_304`.
- A project pinned to a broken pnpm release via `packageManager` or `devEngines.packageManager` now reports which release is broken and what to do about it, instead of failing inside the installer. `pnpm self-update` already refused these releases; the version switch does too.
- Prevent broken-lockfile errors from including snippets of the lockfile's contents.
- `pnpm self-update` now checks that the version it installed can run before making it the active pnpm. A release that installs but cannot execute is discarded with an error instead of replacing a working installation.
- Fixed an out-of-memory regression when workspace projects concurrently resolve a package with large registry metadata [pnpm/pnpm#13077](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/13077).
- Fixed `pnpm update` rewriting exact version pins that use the `=` operator (for example `=3.5.1`) to a caret range (`^3.5.1`). Exact pins are now preserved and written back as the bare version. See [#​12745](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/12745).
<!-- sponsors -->
#### Platinum Sponsors
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://bit.cloud/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer"><img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/bit.svg" width="80" alt="Bit"></a>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://openai.com/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/openai_dark.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/openai_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/openai_dark.svg" width="160" alt="OpenAI" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
#### Gold Sponsors
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://sanity.io/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/sanity.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/sanity_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/sanity.svg" width="120" alt="Sanity" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://discord.com/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/discord.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/discord_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/discord.svg" width="220" alt="Discord" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://vite.dev/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer"><img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/vitejs.svg" width="42" alt="Vite"></a>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://serpapi.com/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/serpapi_dark.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/serpapi_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/serpapi_dark.svg" width="160" alt="SerpApi" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://coderabbit.ai/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/coderabbit.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/coderabbit_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/coderabbit.svg" width="220" alt="CodeRabbit" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://stackblitz.com/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/stackblitz.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/stackblitz_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/stackblitz.svg" width="190" alt="Stackblitz" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://workleap.com/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/workleap.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/workleap_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/workleap.svg" width="190" alt="Workleap" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://nx.dev/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/nx.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/nx_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/nx.svg" width="50" alt="Nx" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<!-- sponsors end -->
### [`v11.13.1`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/releases/tag/v11.13.1): pnpm 11.13.1
[Compare Source](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/compare/v11.13.0...v11.13.1)
#### Patch Changes
- Fixed `pnpm pack` applying workspace-root ignore rules when a workspace package has its own `.npmignore` file.
- Keep the interactive `minimumReleaseAge` approval prompt visible during `pnpm install`. The progress reporter now pauses its redraws while a prompt is waiting for input instead of overwriting it, so the install no longer hangs on a question the user cannot see [#​13019](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/13019).
- Fixed `pnpm self-update` failing to link native platform binaries stored in sibling global virtual store slots.
### [`v11.13.0`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/releases/tag/v11.13.0): pnpm 11.13
[Compare Source](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/compare/v11.12.0...v11.13.0)
#### Minor Changes
- Added `versioning.epics` to `pnpm-workspace.yaml`. An epic ties a group of member packages to a lead package, constraining every member's major version to a band derived from the lead's major: while the lead is on major `M`, members live in `M*100 … M*100+99`. Members move independently inside the band (patch, minor, and a `major` intent that stays in-band); a bump that would carry a member past the band ceiling is rejected until the lead advances its own major. When a release plan takes the lead to a new stable major, every member re-bases to the band floor in the same plan. Membership is matched with pnpm's package selectors — name globs, `./`-prefixed directory globs, and `!`-prefixed negations.
- Added the `team` command for managing organization teams and team memberships on the registry, with create, destroy, add, rm, and ls subcommands and support for --otp, --parseable, and --json flags.
- Added native workspace release management [#​12952](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/12952): the new `pnpm change` command records change intents as changesets-compatible `.changeset/*.md` files (`pnpm change status` shows the pending release plan), and the bare `pnpm version -r` consumes them — bumping versions across the workspace with dependent propagation through `workspace:` ranges, fixed groups, a `maxBump` cap, `--filter` narrowing, and `--dry-run` — writing changelogs, and recording consumed intents in a committed ledger that keeps cherry-picks and merge-backs between release branches safe. Packages can be moved onto per-package release lanes with the new `pnpm lane <name> --filter <pkg>` command and back with `pnpm lane main --filter <pkg>` (`pnpm lane` shows the membership), releasing `X.Y.Z-lane.N` prereleases from the same runs that release stable versions of the packages on the main lane. Configuration lives under the new `versioning` key of `pnpm-workspace.yaml` (`fixed`, `ignore`, `maxBump`, `lanes`, `changelog`). When two workspace projects publish the same name, intent files, `versioning.lanes`, and `versioning.fixed`/`ignore` may reference a project by its workspace-relative directory path (e.g. `"./pnpm/npm/pnpm"`) — the one additive extension to the changesets format, applied automatically by `pnpm change`.
Release changelogs default to `registry` storage (`versioning.changelog.storage`): no `CHANGELOG.md` is committed. Each release's section is composed at publish time and packed into the published tarball on top of the previously published version's changelog, and the consumed change intents are garbage-collected by a later `pnpm version -r` only once the registry confirms the version is published with its section. Set `versioning.changelog.storage: repository` to keep committed `CHANGELOG.md` files instead.
- Added a new override selector form with an empty range — `"pkg@": "<version>"` — called a convergence override. It rewrites a dependency edge only when its exact version satisfies the edge's declared range, so compatible consumers converge on one version while incompatible consumers keep their own resolution — now and for any dependent added in the future [#​12794](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/12794).
```yaml
overrides:
"form-data@": 4.0.6
```
The value must be an exact version. When a full resolution detects that every declared range also admits a newer version, pnpm warns that the override is stale and names the version to converge on. Previously an empty range in an override selector was undocumented and behaved like a bare (unscoped) override.
#### Patch Changes
- A `tokenHelper` set in the global pnpm `auth.ini` is no longer rejected as project-level configuration. The guard that blocks `tokenHelper` from a project `.npmrc` only treated `~/.npmrc` as a trusted source, so a helper written to `auth.ini` (for example by `pnpm config set`) failed on every command and could not even be removed with `pnpm config delete`. A `tokenHelper` in a workspace or project `.npmrc` is still rejected.
- `pnpm cache delete` now removes a package's metadata from every metadata cache directory (`metadata`, `metadata-full`, and `metadata-full-filtered`), instead of only the one the current resolution mode reads. Previously a package cached under a different mode (e.g. `metadata-full-filtered`) was left behind. Closes [#​12753](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/12753).
- Fixed an injected workspace dependency (`injectWorkspacePackages: true`) incorrectly staying as `file:` instead of deduping back to `link:` when an unrelated, ordinary shared dependency resolved to a peer-suffixed variant for the target project's own copy but not for the injected occurrence. See [#​10433](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/10433).
- `pnpm deploy` now supports workspaces that use catalogs.
- Fixed `pnpm deploy` with a shared lockfile so local `file:` tarball dependencies keep their package name in the generated deploy lockfile. This prevents warm-store deploys from failing with `ERR_PNPM_UNEXPECTED_PKG_CONTENT_IN_STORE` when the tarball filename includes the version.
- Options that follow `create`, `exec`, or `test` appearing as a subcommand of another command are now parsed instead of being silently treated as positional parameters. For example, `pnpm team create @​org:team --registry <url>` previously ignored the `--registry` option and sent the request to the default registry.
- `pnpm add -g`, `pnpm update -g`, `pnpm setup`, and the self-updater no longer fail with `ERR_PNPM_MISSING_TIME` when `trustPolicy: no-downgrade` or `resolutionMode: time-based` is set in the global config [#​12883](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/12883). The decision to fetch full registry metadata now lives in one place, and the `no-downgrade` trust policy always requests full metadata (matching the self-updater), since the trust evidence it checks is missing from abbreviated metadata even on registries that include the `time` field.
- `pnpm list` and `pnpm why` no longer crash with `EMFILE: too many open files` when a project has a large number of unsaved dependencies (packages present in `node_modules` but not in the lockfile). The reads of those packages are now concurrency-limited.
- The published `pnpm` package no longer declares `dependencies` or `devDependencies`. Because the CLI bundles its runtime dependencies into `dist/node_modules`, those fields are dropped when packing, so `npm install` of the tarball no longer tries to resolve internal-only packages such as `@pnpm/test-ipc-server`. Closes [#​12955](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/12955).
- Fixed `pnpm publish --otp` and `pnpm publish --batch --otp` to send the configured OTP to the registry.
- `pnpm publish` again sends the package's README to the registry as metadata, so registries can render it on the package page. The readme is always included in the published metadata (matching the npm CLI), while the `embed-readme` setting continues to control only whether the readme is written into the `package.json` inside the tarball. This restores the behavior that was lost when publishing became fully native. Closes [#​12966](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/12966).
- Fixed the dependency status check wrongly reporting "up to date" when a `package.json`, `.pnpmfile.cjs`, or patch file was edited in the same second as the previous install, on filesystems that record mtimes at whole-second resolution (for example ext4 with 128-byte inodes). The optimistic repeat-install fast path and `verify-deps-before-run` compared mtimes strictly, so a same-second edit whose mtime rounded down looked unchanged and re-resolution was skipped. Such a file's whole second is now treated as possibly-modified, falling through to the content check; behavior on sub-second filesystems is unchanged.
- Retry package metadata requests when a registry or proxy returns `304 Not Modified` to an unconditional request, preventing false `ERR_PNPM_CACHE_MISSING_AFTER_304` failures [pnpm/pnpm#12882](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/12882).
If the retry also returns `304`, report `ERR_PNPM_META_NOT_MODIFIED_WITHOUT_CACHE` instead.
- Fixed `pnpm update` removing transitive lockfile entries when `dedupePeerDependents` is disabled and the selected package is absent [pnpm/pnpm#12456](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/12456).
- Limit modern deploy lockfiles and localized virtual stores to dependencies reachable from the selected dependency groups.
- A `tokenHelper` command is now given a 60-second time limit. A helper that hangs (deadlock, stuck I/O) is killed and reported as an error instead of leaving the command waiting forever.
- Fixed orphaned child processes on Windows when pnpm exits on an error while commands spawned by `pnpm exec` or `pnpm dlx` are still running (for example, when one project's command fails during `pnpm --recursive exec`). The PIDs of these commands are now recorded when they are spawned and their whole process trees are terminated with `taskkill` on an error exit. Previously the cleanup relied on enumerating the system process list, which is so slow on Windows that the enumeration hit its timeout and the cleanup was silently skipped [#​12406](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/12406).
- `pnpm pack` now respects workspace-root `.npmignore` and `.gitignore` files when packing workspace packages.
<!-- sponsors -->
#### Platinum Sponsors
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://bit.cloud/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer"><img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/bit.svg" width="80" alt="Bit"></a>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://openai.com/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/openai_dark.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/openai_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/openai_dark.svg" width="160" alt="OpenAI" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
#### Gold Sponsors
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://sanity.io/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/sanity.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/sanity_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/sanity.svg" width="120" alt="Sanity" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://discord.com/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/discord.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/discord_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/discord.svg" width="220" alt="Discord" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://vite.dev/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer"><img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/vitejs.svg" width="42" alt="Vite"></a>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://serpapi.com/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/serpapi_dark.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/serpapi_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/serpapi_dark.svg" width="160" alt="SerpApi" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://coderabbit.ai/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/coderabbit.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/coderabbit_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/coderabbit.svg" width="220" alt="CodeRabbit" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://stackblitz.com/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/stackblitz.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/stackblitz_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/stackblitz.svg" width="190" alt="Stackblitz" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://workleap.com/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/workleap.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/workleap_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/workleap.svg" width="190" alt="Workleap" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://nx.dev/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/nx.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/nx_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/nx.svg" width="50" alt="Nx" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<!-- sponsors end -->
### [`v11.12.0`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/releases/tag/v11.12.0): pnpm 11.12
[Compare Source](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/compare/v11.11.0...v11.12.0)
#### Minor Changes
- [`a897ef7`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/a897ef7): Custom fetchers exported from a pnpmfile can now delegate by returning a `{ delegate: <resolution> }` envelope: pnpm rewrites the package's resolution to the delegated shape and runs the built-in fetcher on it. This is the portable delegation form that also works in pacquet, where `cafs` and `fetchers` cannot be passed to the hook. Related to [pnpm/pnpm#11685](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/11685).
#### Patch Changes
- [`2b02764`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/2b02764): The changed-packages filter (`--filter "...[<since>]"`) no longer allows an option-like `<since>` value (such as `--output=<path>`) to be interpreted as a git option — git now rejects it as a bad revision. The repository root is also resolved to the nearest `.git` entry, so the filter works in a git worktree checked out inside another repository's tree.
- [`43711ce`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/43711ce): `pnpm outdated` no longer checks the registry for dependencies that are resolved from local `link:`, `file:`, or `workspace:` references in the lockfile [#​12827](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/12827).
- [`3c6718b`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/3c6718b): Fixed a deadlock in peer dependency resolution: `pnpm install` hung forever when a peer dependency cycle spanned a project's own dependencies and auto-installed peer providers, for example when installing `[email protected].3` [#​12921](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/12921).
- [`252f15e`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/252f15e): Fixed peer dependency auto-install picking a version the peer range rejects. In a workspace with several projects, a package declaring a peer dependency with a semver range (for example `^1.0.0`) could get the highest version found anywhere in the workspace (for example a `2.0.0` resolved for another project) instead of a version that satisfies the range. Peers are now deduplicated onto the highest preferred version that satisfies the declared range, and when none does, the range is resolved from the registry.
Also fixed re-resolving with an existing lockfile hoisting a different peer version than a fresh install of the same manifest: root dependencies reused from the lockfile were invisible to peer hoisting, so a peer that a root dependency provides could be bound to another version.
- [`a38adda`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/a38adda): `pnpm self-update <version>` now installs the requested pnpm version when it matches the currently running version but is missing from the global self-update directory.
- [`6a85968`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/6a85968): `pnpm stage list` now stops paginating after a fail-safe cap of 1000 pages, so a misbehaving registry cannot keep the command looping forever.
- [`eee7c9a`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/eee7c9a): `verify-deps-before-run` no longer spawns a `pnpm install` when pnpm is executed in a directory that has no `package.json`. A mistyped command run outside a project (for example `pnpm witch 10 login`) used to crash with a confusing error from the spawned install; now it fails with the regular "no package.json found" error.
<!-- sponsors -->
#### Platinum Sponsors
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://bit.cloud/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer"><img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/bit.svg" width="80" alt="Bit"></a>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://openai.com/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/openai_dark.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/openai_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/openai_dark.svg" width="160" alt="OpenAI" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
#### Gold Sponsors
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://sanity.io/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/sanity.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/sanity_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/sanity.svg" width="120" alt="Sanity" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://discord.com/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/discord.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/discord_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/discord.svg" width="220" alt="Discord" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://vite.dev/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer"><img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/vitejs.svg" width="42" alt="Vite"></a>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://serpapi.com/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/serpapi_dark.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/serpapi_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/serpapi_dark.svg" width="160" alt="SerpApi" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://coderabbit.ai/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/coderabbit.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/coderabbit_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/coderabbit.svg" width="220" alt="CodeRabbit" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://stackblitz.com/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/stackblitz.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/stackblitz_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/stackblitz.svg" width="190" alt="Stackblitz" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://workleap.com/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/workleap.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/workleap_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/workleap.svg" width="190" alt="Workleap" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://nx.dev/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/nx.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/nx_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/nx.svg" width="50" alt="Nx" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<!-- sponsors end -->
</details>
---
### Configuration
📅 **Schedule**: (UTC)
- Branch creation
- At any time (no schedule defined)
- Automerge
- At any time (no schedule defined)
🚦 **Automerge**: Disabled by config. Please merge this manually once you are satisfied.
♻ **Rebasing**: Whenever PR becomes conflicted, or you tick the rebase/retry checkbox.
🔕 **Ignore**: Close this PR and you won't be reminded about this update again.
---
- [ ] <!-- rebase-check -->If you want to rebase/retry this PR, check this box
---
This PR has been generated by [Mend Renovate](https://github.com/renovatebot/renovate).
<!--renovate-debug:eyJjcmVhdGVkSW5WZXIiOiI0My4xOTEuMiIsInVwZGF0ZWRJblZlciI6IjQzLjE5MS4yIiwidGFyZ2V0QnJhbmNoIjoibWFpbiIsImxhYmVscyI6W119-->
---------
Co-authored-by: Lunny Xiao <[email protected]>
Reviewed-on: https://gitea.com/gitea/docs/pulls/469
Reviewed-by: silverwind <[email protected]>
Co-authored-by: Renovate Bot <[email protected]>
This PR contains the following updates:
| Package | Change | [Age](https://docs.renovatebot.com/merge-confidence/) | [Confidence](https://docs.renovatebot.com/merge-confidence/) |
|---|---|---|---|
| [pnpm](https://pnpm.io) ([source](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/tree/HEAD/pnpm11/pnpm)) | [`11.10.0` → `11.11.0`](https://renovatebot.com/diffs/npm/pnpm/11.10.0/11.11.0) |  |  |
---
### Release Notes
<details>
<summary>pnpm/pnpm (pnpm)</summary>
### [`v11.11.0`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/blob/HEAD/pnpm11/pnpm/CHANGELOG.md#11110)
[Compare Source](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/compare/v11.10.0...v11.11.0)
##### Minor Changes
- [`508b8c2`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/508b8c2): Added the `pnpm access` command for managing package access and visibility on the registry, supporting listing packages and collaborators, getting and setting package status and MFA requirements, and granting or revoking team access.
##### Patch Changes
- [`c70e33e`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/c70e33e): Allow `allowBuilds` entries for git-hosted packages to match by repository URL without pinning the resolved commit hash. This lets trusted git repositories keep running their build scripts after branch updates without approving each new commit, while package-name-only rules still do not approve git-hosted artifacts.
- [`3067e4f`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/3067e4f): Reduced peak memory usage during cold-cache dependency resolution. The metadata fetch is memoized for the whole resolution phase, and it was retaining each package's raw registry response body (used only to mirror the response to disk) for that entire time. The memoized cache now holds a body-less copy, so the raw body only lives as long as the call that writes the disk mirror. On large graphs that fetch full metadata (e.g. with `minimumReleaseAge` or `trustPolicy` enabled) this cuts peak RSS by roughly 30%, back in line with pnpm 10. The resolved lockfile is unchanged.
- [`51300fd`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/51300fd): Prevent a crafted `pnpm-lock.yaml` from writing package content outside the virtual store. A dependency path key whose name reconstructs to a path-traversal sequence (e.g. `../../../tmp/[email protected]`) is now rejected by the isolated (virtual-store) linker and the Plug'n'Play resolver map, matching the containment already applied to the hoisted linker. Under the global virtual store, a traversal in the version-derived path segment (e.g. a snapshot `version: "../../x"`) is now rejected at `formatGlobalVirtualStorePath`, the single point every global-virtual-store slot path funnels through — closing the same escape in the isolated linker, the resolver's dependency-graph builder, and the config-dependency installer.
- [`f8058eb`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/f8058eb): Reject symlinked `pnpm-lock.yaml` files when reading or writing the env lockfile document.
- [`9318a11`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/9318a11): Allow `registries` and `namedRegistries` to be configured in the global `config.yaml` file.
- [`51300fd`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/51300fd): Fixed a path traversal vulnerability where a dependency whose manifest `name` was a scoped path traversal (e.g. `@x/../../../<path>`) could be written outside `node_modules` to an attacker-controlled location during `pnpm install`, even with `--ignore-scripts`. The isolated linker now validates the package name before using it as a directory name, matching the existing protection in the hoisted linker.
- [`14332f0`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/14332f0): Fail instead of silently removing an optional dependency's locked entries from `pnpm-lock.yaml` when the registry cannot resolve it. Previously, when registry metadata lacked a version that the lockfile already pinned (for example, a mirror that had not synced a recent release yet), `pnpm install` and `pnpm dedupe` silently dropped the optional dependency's entries — emptying maps such as the platform binaries of `@napi-rs/canvas` — so the lockfile differed between machines and frozen installs on other hosts had nothing to link [#​12853](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/12853).
- [`fecfe83`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/fecfe83): Fixed peer dependency resolution with `autoInstallPeers` when a workspace package depends on a version of a package that a transitive dependency's self-contained closure also provides for itself. The peer providers that are attached to the root project for reuse are no longer peer-resolved a second time in the root context, so packages inside such a closure no longer get their peers bound to the root project's incompatible version [#​4993](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/4993).
- [`5a4daec`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/5a4daec): `${...}` environment-variable placeholders in the `httpProxy`, `httpsProxy`, `noProxy`, `proxy`, and `noproxy` settings are no longer expanded when these settings come from a project's `pnpm-workspace.yaml`. They now receive the same protection already applied to `registry`, `namedRegistries`, and `pnprServer`.
- [`d1da02e`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/d1da02e): `pnpm publish` no longer prints credentials when the target registry is configured with inline `user:pass@` credentials (e.g. `registry=https://user:[email protected]/`). They are now redacted both from the "publishing to registry" line and from the OIDC (trusted publishing) failure messages.
- [`dcfc611`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/dcfc611): `pnpm self-update` now honors `trustPolicy=no-downgrade`. It resolves the target pnpm version against full registry metadata, so it refuses to switch to a version whose supply-chain trust evidence is weaker than an earlier-published one, the same way a regular install does.
- [`a8ad82d`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/a8ad82d): Register the `pn` alias in generated shell completion scripts.
- [`25bd5c3`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/25bd5c3): Fixed standalone installer downgrades from pnpm v12 to v11.
- [`23996e9`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/23996e9): `pnpm runtime set <name> <version>` now validates its arguments: the name must be `node`, `deno`, or `bun`, and the version must not contain a comma. Previously these were interpolated straight into a `pnpm add` selector, where an unsupported name or a comma (e.g. `node 22,is-positive`) could be misread as a list of packages or a local directory and install unintended packages or bins.
</details>
---
This PR has been generated by [Mend Renovate](https://github.com/renovatebot/renovate).
<!--renovate-debug:eyJjcmVhdGVkSW5WZXIiOiI0My4xOTEuMiIsInVwZGF0ZWRJblZlciI6IjQzLjE5MS4yIiwidGFyZ2V0QnJhbmNoIjoibWFpbiIsImxhYmVscyI6W119-->Reviewed-on: https://gitea.com/gitea/docs/pulls/465
Reviewed-by: Lunny Xiao <[email protected]>
Co-authored-by: Renovate Bot <[email protected]>
This PR contains the following updates:
| Package | Change | [Age](https://docs.renovatebot.com/merge-confidence/) | [Confidence](https://docs.renovatebot.com/merge-confidence/) |
|---|---|---|---|
| [pnpm](https://pnpm.io) ([source](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/tree/HEAD/pnpm11/pnpm)) | [`11.9.0` → `11.10.0`](https://renovatebot.com/diffs/npm/pnpm/11.9.0/11.10.0) |  |  |
---
### Release Notes
<details>
<summary>pnpm/pnpm (pnpm)</summary>
### [`v11.10.0`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/blob/HEAD/pnpm11/pnpm/CHANGELOG.md#11100)
[Compare Source](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/compare/v11.9.0...v11.10.0)
##### Minor Changes
- [`e2e3c81`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/e2e3c81): Added the `issues` command as an alias of `bugs`, so `pnpm issues` opens the package's bug tracker URL in the browser.
- [`8491f8e`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/8491f8e): Added the `prefix` command which prints the current package prefix directory (or global prefix directory if `-g` / `--global` is used).
- [`3425e80`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/3425e80): Added an `_auth` setting for configuring registry authentication as a single structured (URL-keyed) value. It can be set in the **global** pnpm config (`config.yaml`) or, for CI, via the `pnpm_config__auth` environment variable. The env form sidesteps the GitHub Actions / bash / zsh limitation that broke the existing `pnpm_config_//host/:_authToken=…` form (env var names containing `/`, `:`, or `.` are silently dropped). Closes [#​12314](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/12314).
The value is keyed by registry URL so each secret is explicitly bound to the host that may receive it. Registry URL keys must use `http` or `https` and must not include credentials, query strings, or fragments:
```sh
export pnpm_config__auth='{"https://registry.npmjs.org":{"@​":{"authToken":"npm-token"},"@​org":{"authToken":"org-token"}}}'
```
The equivalent in the global `config.yaml`:
```yaml
_auth:
https://registry.npmjs.org:
"@​":
authToken: npm-token
"@​org":
authToken: org-token
```
Within each registry URL, `@` means registry-wide/default credentials and package scopes like `@org` bind credentials to that scope on the same host. The only supported credential field is `authToken` (maps to `_authToken` / bearer auth); the deprecated `basicAuth` / `username` + `password` forms are intentionally not accepted here.
Each entry also infers a trusted registry route: `@` routes the default registry (and `pnpm add <pkg>` resolves there), and `@org` routes that scope. Because the credential and destination host arrive in one trusted value, repo-controlled `pnpm-workspace.yaml` or project `.npmrc` cannot redirect the token to a different host. `_auth` is honored **only** from the env var and the global config — it is ignored in a project `pnpm-workspace.yaml` / `.npmrc`, so repo-controlled config can never supply registry auth. Precedence: CLI flags (`--registry`, `--@​scope:registry`) > `pnpm_config__auth` > global `config.yaml` `_auth` > `pnpm-workspace.yaml`.
Both `pnpm_config__auth` (lowercase, documented form) and `PNPM_CONFIG__AUTH` (all-caps, the shell convention some CI runners apply) are honored. If both are set, lowercase wins unless it is empty, in which case uppercase is used. The env var wins over the global `config.yaml` `_auth` on a conflicting key. `tokenHelper` is not supported in `_auth`. Parsing is strict: a malformed value (bad JSON, wrong shape, invalid registry URL or scope, an unsupported credential field) fails fast with an error rather than being silently dropped.
**Pacquet parity note:** the pacquet (Rust) port supports the same single credential field as the TS CLI: `authToken`.
- [`a33eeec`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/a33eeec): `pnpm self-update` and `packageManager` version-switching can now install and link pnpm v12 (the Rust port), published with equal content under both the `pnpm` and `@pnpm/exe` names on the `next-12` dist-tag. Its native binaries ship as `@pnpm/exe.<platform>-<arch>` packages, which pnpm's built-in installer links directly — no Node.js launcher, so the command pays no Node startup cost. v12 is initialized exactly like `@pnpm/exe`, including per-platform global-virtual-store hashing. From v12 onward the install converges on the unscoped `pnpm` package (the Rust exe) — even when updating from the SEA `@pnpm/exe` build.
- [`1dd12bd`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/1dd12bd): When resolving through a pnpr install-accelerator server, pnpm no longer forwards its own upstream registry credentials in the resolve request. Only the `Authorization` header identifying the caller to pnpr is sent. The pnpr server now selects upstream credentials from its own route policy (operator-configured upstream credential aliases), so private dependencies resolve through a pnpr-managed alias the caller is authorized to use, rather than by sending the client's registry tokens to the server.
- [`1e81761`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/1e81761): Expose web authentication `authUrl` and `doneUrl` in JSON error output when OTP is required in a non-interactive terminal [#​12724](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/12724).
##### Patch Changes
- [`2f389d6`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/2f389d6): Added the Node.js release team's new signing key (Stewart X Addison, `655F3B5C1FB3FA8D1A0CA6BDE4A7D232B936D2FD`) to the embedded Node.js release keys, so runtimes whose `SHASUMS256.txt` is signed by the new releaser verify successfully.
- [`acbdb94`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/acbdb94): Fixed shell tab completion not suggesting workspaces after the `-F` alias for `--filter` option.
- [`dcabb78`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/dcabb78): Fixed `pnpm up -r <pkg>` bumping unrelated packages that have open semver ranges. Previously, any update mutation nullified the lockfile-derived `preferredVersions` globally, so packages with `^x.y.z` ranges could re-resolve to newer compatible versions even though the user only asked to update a specific package. The install layer now always seeds `preferredVersions` from the lockfile, and caller-supplied preferred versions (such as the vulnerability penalties of `pnpm audit --fix`) layer on top of the seed instead of replacing it. The targeted package still bumps: the per-resolve `updateRequested` flag makes the resolver ignore the target's own lockfile pins.
Closes [#​10662](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/10662).
- [`d539172`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/d539172): Fixed pnpm pack and pnpm publish failing when prepack generates files that are included in the package and postpack cleans them up.
- [`be6505a`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/be6505a): Hardened global package management:
- On Windows, removing or updating a global package now also cleans up the `node.exe` flavor of a bin, so a stale `node.exe` no longer survives on `PATH` after uninstall, and a new global install no longer silently overwrites an existing `node.exe`.
- `pnpm add -g pnpm@<version>` (and `@pnpm/exe@<version>`) is now rejected like the bare `pnpm` form, pointing to `pnpm self-update`.
- Dependency aliases read from a global package's manifest are validated before being joined onto `node_modules` paths, preventing a tampered manifest from escaping the install directory.
- Each global install group is created in its own freshly-made directory (no longer reusing a colliding or pre-existing path).
- Removing or updating a global package no longer unlinks a bin that belongs to a different globally installed package.
- [`25c7388`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/25c7388): pnpm now rejects `jsr:` specifiers whose package name is not a valid npm package name — an empty scope or name (e.g. `jsr:@​scope/`), path separators inside the name, or any other shape `validate-npm-package-name` rejects — with `ERR_PNPM_INVALID_JSR_PACKAGE_NAME` instead of silently converting them into a malformed `@jsr/...` npm package name.
- [`25c7388`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/25c7388): pnpm now rejects named-registry specifiers (e.g. `gh:`) whose package name is not a valid npm package name — an empty scope (e.g. `gh:@​/bar`), path separators inside the name (e.g. `gh:@​scope/../name`), or any other shape `validate-npm-package-name` rejects — with `ERR_PNPM_INVALID_NAMED_REGISTRY_PACKAGE_NAME` instead of passing the name through to registry URLs and metadata cache file paths.
- [`96da7c5`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/96da7c5): node-gyp's `gyp_main.py` and `gyp` entrypoints are now packed with the executable bit in the `pnpm` and `@pnpm/exe` tarballs. Without it, building native addons from source could fail with a permission error.
- [`99982b9`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/99982b9): Sped up resolution and reduced memory use against registries that ignore npm's abbreviated metadata format and always return the full package document (for example, Azure DevOps Artifacts). pnpm now strips such documents down to the abbreviated field set before caching them. Resolution output is unchanged, and registries that honor the abbreviated format (such as the npm registry) pay no extra cost.
- [`11a7fdd`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/11a7fdd): Sped up offline and `--prefer-offline` resolution on large workspaces (e.g. `pnpm dedupe --offline`, `pnpm install --offline`). Package metadata loaded from the local cache is now kept in memory, so each package's metadata is parsed once per command instead of once per dependent that references it.
- [`2c7369d`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/2c7369d): `pnpm pack-app` now rejects `--entry` / `pnpm.app.entry` and `--output-dir` / `pnpm.app.outputDir` values that are absolute paths or escape the project directory via `..` (or a symlink that resolves outside it), and refuses to write the produced executable when its target path already exists as a symlink (or other non-regular file). This prevents a repository-controlled `package.json` from embedding host files (such as an SSH key) into the produced executable, writing build artifacts outside the project, or overwriting an arbitrary file through a committed symlink. The new error codes are `ERR_PNPM_PACK_APP_ENTRY_OUTSIDE_PROJECT`, `ERR_PNPM_PACK_APP_OUTPUT_DIR_OUTSIDE_PROJECT`, and `ERR_PNPM_PACK_APP_OUTPUT_FILE_NOT_REGULAR`.
When ad-hoc signing macOS targets, `pnpm pack-app` now runs the system `codesign` by absolute path and resolves `ldid` to a location outside the project, so a repository-controlled `node_modules/.bin` on `PATH` cannot hijack the signer.
- [`ce5d5a5`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/ce5d5a5): Relative paths in `patchedDependencies` are now resolved against the lockfile directory when computing patch file hashes, so running `pnpm install` from a subdirectory no longer fails with `ENOENT` looking for the patch file in the wrong location [#​12762](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/pull/12762).
- [`ebb4096`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/ebb4096): `pnpm peers` no longer reports a conflict for a missing peer dependency that is ignored via `pnpm.peerDependencyRules.ignoreMissing`.
- [`dcabb78`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/dcabb78): Fixed a prototype-pollution hazard when seeding preferred versions: a dependency named `__proto__` in a manifest or in `pnpm-lock.yaml` could write through `Object.prototype` (or crash the install) while the preferred-versions map was being built. The maps are now null-prototype objects, so crafted package names land as plain keys.
- [`f38e696`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/f38e696): Hardened `pnpm deploy --force` so it refuses unsafe deploy targets such as workspace roots, parent directories, out-of-workspace paths, and symlinked target parents.
- [`806c3ec`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/806c3ec): pnpm no longer warns about ignored project-level auth settings when `PNPM_CONFIG_NPMRC_AUTH_FILE` points at the project `.npmrc` — setting it to that file is an explicit opt-in to trusting it, so auth env variables in it are expanded [pnpm/pnpm#12480](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/12480).
- [`991405e`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/991405e): Restore differential rendering (`ansi-diff`) to fix duplicated output lines introduced by [#​12351](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/12351).
- [`c121235`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/c121235): Fixed the topological order of `--filter`ed commands (`pnpm run`, `pnpm exec`, `pnpm publish`, `pnpm pack`, `pnpm rebuild`) when the selected projects depend on each other only transitively through projects that were not selected. Previously such selected projects could run concurrently or in the wrong order; now a project always runs after the selected projects it transitively depends on, while projects without a real dependency relationship still run concurrently. This now also holds for prod-only filters (`--filter-prod`), which resolve order through the production dependency graph so transitive production dependencies are respected without pulling back the dev dependencies the filter drops, and for selections that mix `--filter` with `--filter-prod` [#​8335](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/8335).
- [`d539172`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/d539172): `pnpm pack` and `pnpm publish` no longer follow a symlinked workspace `LICENSE` file when injecting it into a package that has no license of its own. Following the symlink could pack bytes from outside the workspace into the published tarball.
- [`dcabb78`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/dcabb78): Fixed `pnpm up <pkg>` producing a different result than a fresh install of the same manifests would. The resolver now distinguishes `updateRequested` (true only for packages that match the user's update target) from the broader `update` flag, and for the targeted package ignores only its own lockfile-derived preferred-version pins — so the target re-resolves exactly as if its lockfile entries were deleted and `pnpm install` ran. Preferred versions a fresh install applies (manifest pins, versions propagated down the dependency chain, and the vulnerability-avoidance penalties of `pnpm audit --fix`) stay in effect, so an update never installs duplicate versions that a reinstall from scratch would not reproduce. When a preferred version holds the update target below the newest version its range admits, pnpm now prints a warning explaining that reaching the newer version everywhere requires an override.
- [`dcabb78`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/dcabb78): `pnpm update <dep>@​<version>` now prints a warning when `<dep>` is only present as a transitive dependency: the requested version cannot be applied there (updates resolve the target the way a fresh install would), and the warning recommends adding the version to `pnpm.overrides` instead, which is the mechanism that does pin transitive dependencies. Closes [#​12744](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/12744).
- [`a6c4d5f`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/a6c4d5f): When a dependency cannot be found in the registry (404) or the registry has no matching version, and a workspace project with the same name exists only at non-matching versions, the error now reports the available workspace versions (`ERR_PNPM_NO_MATCHING_VERSION_INSIDE_WORKSPACE`) instead of the raw registry failure [pnpm/pnpm#1379](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/1379). Other registry failures (authorization, network, server errors) still propagate unchanged. The pacquet (Rust) resolver applies the same behavior.
</details>
---------
Co-authored-by: Lunny Xiao <[email protected]>
Reviewed-on: https://gitea.com/gitea/docs/pulls/460
Reviewed-by: Lunny Xiao <[email protected]>
Co-authored-by: Renovate Bot <[email protected]>
This PR contains the following updates:
| Package | Change | [Age](https://docs.renovatebot.com/merge-confidence/) | [Confidence](https://docs.renovatebot.com/merge-confidence/) |
|---|---|---|---|
| [pnpm](https://pnpm.io) ([source](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/tree/HEAD/pnpm)) | [`11.7.0` → `11.9.0`](https://renovatebot.com/diffs/npm/pnpm/11.7.0/11.9.0) |  |  |
---
### Release Notes
<details>
<summary>pnpm/pnpm (pnpm)</summary>
### [`v11.9.0`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/releases/tag/v11.9.0): pnpm 11.9
[Compare Source](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/compare/v11.8.0...v11.9.0)
#### Minor Changes
- [`bae694f`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/bae694f): Some registries generate tarballs on-demand and cannot provide an integrity checksum in their package metadata. In that case pnpm now computes the integrity from the downloaded tarball and stores it in the lockfile, so the entry is verifiable on subsequent installs instead of being written without an integrity (which would fail the next install). This also applies to `--lockfile-only`: the tarball is downloaded so its integrity can be computed. A lockfile entry that is still missing its integrity is rejected as a `ERR_PNPM_MISSING_TARBALL_INTEGRITY` lockfile verification violation (the install fails closed) rather than being silently re-fetched.
- [`6c35a43`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/6c35a43): Added `--exclude-peers` to `pnpm sbom`. With `auto-install-peers` (the default), peer dependencies resolve into the lockfile and are otherwise indistinguishable from the package's own dependencies. The flag drops peer dependencies (and any transitive subtree reachable only through them) from the SBOM. CycloneDX 1.7 has no scope or relationship that expresses "consumer-provided peer", so omission is the only spec-clean handling. The flag name matches `pnpm list --exclude-peers`; note the SBOM flag prunes a peer's exclusive subtree, which is stricter than `pnpm list` (which only hides leaf peers).
#### Patch Changes
- [`25a829e`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/25a829e): `pnpm audit --fix` now writes a single combined `minimumReleaseAgeExclude` entry per package (e.g. `[email protected].1 || 0.21.1`) instead of one entry per version, matching the format documented for the setting. Existing per-version entries in `pnpm-workspace.yaml` are merged into the combined form rather than left as duplicates. Installs that auto-collect immature versions into `minimumReleaseAgeExclude` now report the same combined entries, so the "Added N entries" message matches what is written to the manifest [#​12534](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/12534).
- [`1cbb5f2`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/1cbb5f2): Fixed non-deterministic peer resolution that could add or remove an optional transitive peer — for example `@babel/core`, reached through `styled-jsx` — from a package's peer-dependency suffix across otherwise identical installs, churning the lockfile and causing intermittent `pnpm dedupe --check` failures in CI. When a package's children are resolved by one occurrence (the "owner") and reused by a deeper consumer, whether that consumer inherited the owner's missing peers depended on whether the owner's resolution had finished yet — a race under concurrent resolution. The decision is now a function of the dependency graph's structure rather than resolution-completion order.
- [`d577eea`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/d577eea): Fixed a Windows flakiness in `pnpm dlx` where a failed install could surface a spurious `EBUSY: resource busy or locked` error. The cleanup of a partially-populated dlx cache is now best-effort with retries and no longer masks the original error.
- [`ec7cf70`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/ec7cf70): Shortened the `pnpm dlx` cache path so deep dependency trees no longer overflow Windows' `MAX_PATH`, which could make a dependency's lifecycle script fail with `spawn cmd.exe ENOENT`.
- [`05b95ab`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/05b95ab): Fixed `pnpm` hanging (and crashing with an unhandled promise rejection) when a non-retryable network error such as `SELF_SIGNED_CERT_IN_CHAIN` occurs while fetching from a registry. The error is now rejected through the returned promise instead of being thrown inside the detached retry callback.
- [`d3f68e2`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/d3f68e2): Fix a `pnpm audit` performance regression on lockfiles that contain dependency cycles. The reachable-vulnerability pruning added in pnpm 11.5.1 only memoized acyclic subtrees, so any node whose subtree touched a cycle — together with all of its ancestors — was recomputed on every query, making the path walk quadratic. Reachability is now computed once per node using Tarjan's strongly-connected-components algorithm, so cyclic graphs are handled in linear time [#​12212](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/12212).
The audit path walk also no longer recurses, so a deeply nested dependency graph can no longer overflow the call stack, and the install path to each finding is tracked without per-node copying, keeping memory linear in the graph depth.
- [`322f88f`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/322f88f): Fix failed optional dependency updates so they don't rewrite unrelated dependency specs [#​11267](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/11267).
- [`1488db1`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/1488db1): When `enableGlobalVirtualStore` is toggled on for a project that was previously installed without it, stale hoisted symlinks under `node_modules/.pnpm/node_modules` are now replaced instead of being left pointing at the old per-project virtual store location [#​9739](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/9739).
- [`6545793`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/6545793): Fixed `pnpm install --ignore-workspace` overwriting the `allowBuilds` map in `pnpm-workspace.yaml`. The ignored builds of a package with a build script were auto-populated into `allowBuilds` even though `--ignore-workspace` was passed, clobbering committed `true`/`false` values with the `set this to true or false` placeholder [#​12469](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/12469).
- [`fbdc0eb`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/fbdc0eb): Fixed `minimumReleaseAgeExclude` and `trustPolicyExclude` so multiple exact-version entries for the same package behave the same as a single `||` disjunction entry. Previously only the first matching rule's versions were honored, so a config like `[[email protected], [email protected]]` could still flag `[email protected]` as violating `minimumReleaseAge`, while `[[email protected] || 2.5.6]` worked as expected [#​12463](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/12463).
- [`fa7004b`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/fa7004b): The in-memory package metadata cache is now populated on the exact-version disk fast path, so repeated resolutions of the same package within one install no longer re-read and re-parse the on-disk metadata. In large monorepos this brings the time for adding a new package down from minutes to seconds. The in-memory cache key now also includes the registry, so a package of the same name served by two different registries in a single install can no longer share a cache slot and resolve the wrong tarball.
- [`0a154b1`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/0a154b1): Fixed `pnpm patch` dropping the package name (and leaking internal option fields) when the patched dependency resolves to a single git-hosted version.
- [`4d3fe4b`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/4d3fe4b): The pnpr resolver endpoints moved under the reserved `/-/pnpr` namespace: `POST /v1/resolve` is now `POST /-/pnpr/v0/resolve` and `POST /v1/verify-lockfile` is now `POST /-/pnpr/v0/verify-lockfile`. The capability handshake at `GET /-/pnpr` advertises protocol version `0` to match. This keeps every pnpr-proprietary route in npm's reserved namespace, so it can never collide with a package path.
- [`0ec878d`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/0ec878d): Removing a runtime dependency now removes the matching `devEngines.runtime` or `engines.runtime` entry that was materialized from it. Blank runtime selectors are normalized to `latest`.
- [`17e7f2c`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/17e7f2c): `pnpm sbom` now emits a CycloneDX `issue-tracker` external reference for components (and the root) whose `package.json` declares a `bugs` URL. Email-only `bugs` entries are skipped, since the reference requires a URL.
- [`a84d2a1`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/a84d2a1): Add `@pnpm/resolving.tarball-url`, which builds and recognizes the canonical npm tarball URL of a package. It vendors `getNpmTarballUrl` (previously the external `get-npm-tarball-url` package) and adds `isCanonicalRegistryTarballUrl`, the predicate the lockfile writer uses to decide whether a tarball URL is derivable from name+version+registry (and can therefore be omitted from `pnpm-lock.yaml`).
Exposing `isCanonicalRegistryTarballUrl` lets a custom resolver (pnpmfile `resolvers`) fronting a proxy that serves tarballs on a non-canonical path (e.g. an ephemeral `localhost:<port>`) rewrite the resolved tarball to the canonical form, so nothing host-specific is persisted to the lockfile. Previously this logic was private to `@pnpm/lockfile.utils`.
Two correctness fixes are included while consolidating the logic: the scoped-package unescape now handles uppercase `%2F` as well as `%2f` (percent-encoding is case-insensitive), and protocol-insensitive comparison strips only a leading `http(s)://` scheme instead of splitting on the first `://` (which could truncate URLs containing a later `://`).
- [`852d537`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/852d537): Lockfile verification no longer reports a registry metadata fetch failure (for example a `403`/`401` on a private registry, or a network error) as `ERR_PNPM_TARBALL_URL_MISMATCH`. When the registry can't be reached to verify an entry, the install now aborts with the registry's own fetch error (such as `ERR_PNPM_FETCH_403`, which already explains the authentication situation) instead of mislabeling a transport failure as lockfile tampering. Registry fetch errors no longer leak basic-auth credentials embedded in the registry URL (`https://user:pass@host/`) into their message.
<!-- sponsors -->
#### Platinum Sponsors
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://bit.cloud/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer"><img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/bit.svg" width="80" alt="Bit"></a>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://openai.com/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/openai_dark.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/openai_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/openai_dark.svg" width="160" alt="OpenAI" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
#### Gold Sponsors
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://sanity.io/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/sanity.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/sanity_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/sanity.svg" width="120" alt="Sanity" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://discord.com/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/discord.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/discord_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/discord.svg" width="220" alt="Discord" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://vite.dev/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer"><img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/vitejs.svg" width="42" alt="Vite"></a>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://serpapi.com/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/serpapi_dark.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/serpapi_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/serpapi_dark.svg" width="160" alt="SerpApi" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://coderabbit.ai/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/coderabbit.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/coderabbit_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/coderabbit.svg" width="220" alt="CodeRabbit" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://stackblitz.com/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/stackblitz.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/stackblitz_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/stackblitz.svg" width="190" alt="Stackblitz" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://workleap.com/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/workleap.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/workleap_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/workleap.svg" width="190" alt="Workleap" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://nx.dev/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/nx.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/nx_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/nx.svg" width="50" alt="Nx" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<!-- sponsors end -->
### [`v11.8.0`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/releases/tag/v11.8.0): pnpm 11.8
[Compare Source](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/compare/v11.7.0...v11.8.0)
#### Minor Changes
- [`c112b61`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/c112b61): Added a `--dry-run` option to `pnpm install`. It runs a full dependency resolution and reports what an install would change, but writes nothing to disk (no lockfile, no `node_modules`) and always exits with code 0. This mirrors the preview semantics of `npm install --dry-run` [#​7340](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/7340).
- [`179ebc4`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/179ebc4): `pnpm run --no-bail` now exits with a non-zero exit code when any of the executed scripts fail, while still running every matched script to completion. This makes the exit-code behavior of `--no-bail` consistent between recursive and non-recursive runs (recursive runs already failed at the end). Previously, a non-recursive `pnpm run --no-bail` always exited with code 0, even when a script failed [#​8013](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/8013).
- [`0474a9c`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/0474a9c): Added support for generating Node.js package maps at `node_modules/.package-map.json` during isolated and hoisted installs. Added the `node-experimental-package-map` setting to inject the generated map into pnpm-managed Node.js script environments, and the `node-package-map-type` setting to choose between `standard` and `loose` package maps.
- [`dcededc`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/dcededc): `pnpm sbom` now marks components reachable only through `devDependencies` with CycloneDX `scope: "excluded"` and the `cdx:npm:package:development` property. The `excluded` scope documents "component usage for test and other non-runtime purposes", which matches the semantics of a devDependency; the property is the CycloneDX npm-taxonomy marker emitted by `@cyclonedx/cyclonedx-npm`, so both modern (scope) and existing (property) consumers are covered. Components reachable at runtime (including installed `optionalDependencies`) omit `scope` and default to `required`.
- [`1495cb0`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/1495cb0): Added per-package SBOM generation with `--out` and `--split` flags. Use `--out out/%s.cdx.json` to write one SBOM per workspace package to individual files, or `--split` for NDJSON output to stdout. When `--filter` selects a single package, the SBOM root component now uses that package's metadata. Workspace inter-dependencies (`workspace:` protocol) and their transitive dependencies are included. Author, repository, and license fall back to the root manifest when the package doesn't define them.
- [`293921a`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/293921a): feat(view): support searching project manifest upward when package name is omitted
When running `pnpm view` without a package name, the command now searches
upward for the nearest project manifest (`package.json`, `package.yaml`, or `package.json5`) and uses its `name` field.
If the manifest exists but lacks a `name` field, an error is thrown.
This change also replaces the `find-up` dependency with `empathic` for
improved performance and consistency across workspace tools.
#### Patch Changes
- [`29ab905`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/29ab905): Fixed `pnpm update` overriding the version range policy of a named catalog whose name parses as a version (e.g. `catalog:express4-21`). The `catalog:` reference carries no pinning of its own, so the prefix from the catalog entry (such as `~`) is now preserved instead of being widened to `^` [#​10321](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/10321).
- [`bee4bf4`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/bee4bf4): Security: validate config dependency names and versions from the env lockfile (`pnpm-lock.yaml`) before using them to build filesystem paths. A committed lockfile with a traversal-shaped `configDependencies` name (such as `../../PWNED`) or version (such as `../../../PWNED`) could previously cause `pnpm install` to create symlinks or write package files outside `node_modules/.pnpm-config` and the store. Names must now be valid npm package names and versions must be exact semver versions; the same validation is applied to optional subdependencies of config dependencies, and to the legacy workspace-manifest format before any lockfile is written. See [GHSA-qrv3-253h-g69c](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/security/advisories/GHSA-qrv3-253h-g69c).
- [`96bdd57`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/96bdd57): Fix `link:` workspace protocol switching to `file:` after `pnpm rm` is run from inside a workspace package whose target workspace dependency has its own dependencies, when `injectWorkspacePackages: true` is set. Follow-up to [#​10575](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/pull/10575), which fixed the same symptom for workspace packages without dependencies.
- [`302a2f7`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/302a2f7): No longer warn about using both `packageManager` and `devEngines.packageManager` when the two fields pin the same package manager at the same version with the same integrity hash (e.g. both `[email protected]+sha512.…`). Previously the hash was stripped from the legacy `packageManager` field but not from `devEngines.packageManager`, so even identical specifications looked like a mismatch [#​12028](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/12028).
The warning still fires on any genuine divergence, and several cases now state the specific reason instead of a single generic message: a different package manager, a different version, or contradictory integrity hashes for the same version.
- [`3f0fb21`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/3f0fb21): Fixed the progress line showing leftover characters from external processes that write to the terminal between progress updates (e.g. an SSH passphrase prompt would leave a fragment like `added 0sa':`). The interactive reporter now redraws each frame in place, erasing to the end of the display before reprinting, so any such remnants are cleared [#​12350](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/12350).
- [`564619f`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/564619f): Fixed `pnpm approve-builds` reporting "no packages awaiting approval" when a build-script dependency whose approval was revoked (e.g. after `git stash` drops the `allowBuilds` from `pnpm-workspace.yaml`) is re-added. The revoked packages are now correctly recorded in `.modules.yaml` so `approve-builds` can find them. [#​12221](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/12221)
- [`3d1fd20`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/3d1fd20): Skip the redundant "target bin directory already contains an exe called node" warning on Windows when the existing `node.exe` already matches the target (same hard link or identical content) [pnpm/pnpm#12203](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/12203).
- [`1b02b47`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/1b02b47): Fix macOS Gatekeeper blocking native binaries (`.node`, `.dylib`, `.so`) by removing the `com.apple.quarantine` extended attribute after importing them from the store.
When pnpm imports files from its content-addressable store into `node_modules`, macOS preserves extended attributes, including `com.apple.quarantine`. If this xattr is present on a store blob (e.g. it was first written under a Gatekeeper-enabled app such as a Git client), it propagates to `node_modules`, and Gatekeeper blocks the native binary from loading even though pnpm already verified the file's integrity against the lockfile.
After importing a package, pnpm now strips `com.apple.quarantine` from its native binaries, matching Homebrew's behaviour of dropping quarantine from verified downloads. The cleanup is macOS-only, runs in a single batched `xattr` call per package, is restricted to native binaries (other files are untouched), and is non-fatal (it logs a warning on unexpected errors).
Fixes [#​11056](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/11056)
- [`61969fb`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/61969fb): Fix `pnpm install` with `optimisticRepeatInstall` incorrectly reporting `Already up to date` when `pnpm-lock.yaml` changed but project manifests did not. This affected workflows such as checking out or restoring only the lockfile [#​12100](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/12100).
Also fixes `checkDepsStatus` to use the correct lockfile path when `useGitBranchLockfile` is enabled, so the optimistic fast-path and lockfile modification detection work with `pnpm-lock.<branch>.yaml` files instead of always stat'ing `pnpm-lock.yaml`. Merge-conflict detection now reads the resolved lockfile name as well, and with `mergeGitBranchLockfiles` enabled every `pnpm-lock.*.yaml` is scanned for modifications and conflicts. The git branch is now resolved by reading `.git/HEAD` directly (no process spawn) and uses the workspace directory rather than `process.cwd()`.
- [`5c12968`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/5c12968): Fix recursive updates of transitive dependencies when the update command mixes transitive dependency patterns with direct dependency selectors. For example, `pnpm up -r "@​babel/core" uuid` now updates matching transitive `@babel/core` dependencies even when `uuid` is a direct dependency selector [#​12103](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/12103).
- [`9d79ba1`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/9d79ba1): Register the `pnpm update --no-save` flag in the CLI help and option parser.
- [`0474a9c`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/0474a9c): Fixed `pnpm import` for Yarn v2 lockfiles when `js-yaml` v4 is installed.
- [`9e0c375`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/9e0c375): Fixed `pnpm install` repeatedly prompting to remove and reinstall `node_modules` in a workspace package when `enableGlobalVirtualStore` is enabled. The post-install build step recorded a per-project `node_modules/.pnpm` virtual store directory in `node_modules/.modules.yaml`, overwriting the global `<storeDir>/links` value the install step had written. The next install then detected a virtual-store mismatch (`ERR_PNPM_UNEXPECTED_VIRTUAL_STORE`). The build step now derives the same global virtual store directory as the install step [#​12307](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/12307).
- [`223d060`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/223d060): Document the `--cpu`, `--os` and `--libc` flags in the output of `pnpm install --help`. These flags were already supported but were only documented on the website [#​12359](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/12359).
- [`e85aea2`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/e85aea2): Avoid reading `README.md` from disk when publishing if the publish manifest already provides a `readme` field. The README is now only read lazily, inside `createExportableManifest`, when it is actually needed.
- [`3188ae7`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/3188ae7): Fixed `pnpm peers check` to accept loose peer dependency ranges such as `>=3.16.0 || >=4.0.0-` when the installed peer version satisfies the range [#​12149](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/12149).
- [`531f2a3`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/531f2a3): Fixed `pnpm update` rewriting a `workspace:` dependency that points at a local path (e.g. `workspace:../packages/foo/dist`) into a normalized `link:` or version-range specifier. Such specifiers are now preserved verbatim when the workspace protocol is preserved [#​3902](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/3902).
- [`fe66535`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/fe66535): Fixed a lockfile non-convergence bug where an incremental install kept a duplicate transitive dependency that a fresh install would not produce. When a package is reused from the lockfile, its child edges are taken verbatim and bypass the preferred-versions walk, so a transitive dependency could stay pinned to an older version even after a direct dependency resolved to a higher version that satisfies the same range. The resolver now refreshes such a stale pin to the higher direct-dependency version during resolution — so the older version is never resolved or fetched, and the incremental result converges to the fresh one.
- [`6d35338`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/6d35338): `pnpm install` detects changes inside local file dependencies again. The optimistic repeat-install fast path only tracks manifest and lockfile modification times, so edits inside a local dependency's directory (or a repacked local tarball) were reported as "Already up to date". Projects with local file dependencies (`file:` and bare local path or tarball specifiers, declared directly or through `pnpm.overrides`) now always run a full install, which refetches those dependencies, matching pnpm v10 behavior [#​11795](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/11795).
- [`4ca9247`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/4ca9247): Preserve the existing Node.js runtime version prefix when resolving `node@runtime:<range>` to a concrete version.
- [`30c7590`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/30c7590): Create shorter CAFS temporary package directories to leave room for lifecycle scripts that create IPC socket paths under TMPDIR.
- [`13815ad`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/13815ad): Reporter output (warnings, progress) for `pnpm store` and `pnpm config` subcommands now goes to stderr instead of stdout. This fixes scripts that capture their stdout (e.g. `PNPM_STORE=$(pnpm store path)`, `pnpm config list --json | jq`) from getting warnings mixed into the result.
- [`1c05876`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/1c05876): Avoid relinking unchanged child dependencies and remove stale child links during warm installs.
- [`817f99d`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/817f99d): Fixed lockfile churn where a package's `transitivePeerDependencies` could be dropped (and shift between packages) when the package participates in a dependency cycle. A cycle re-entry resolves against truncated children, so it must not be cached as "pure"; otherwise sibling occurrences of the same package short-circuit and lose transitive peers depending on traversal order [#​5108](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/5108).
- [`eba03e0`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/eba03e0): Fix `pnpm install` reporting "Already up to date" after a catalog entry in `pnpm-workspace.yaml` was reverted to a previous version. After an update modified a catalog, the workspace state cache stored the pre-update catalog versions, so reverting the entry back to its original version was not detected as an outdated state [#​12418](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/12418).
- [`3b54d79`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/3b54d79): `pnpm update` now keeps lockfile `overrides` that resolve through a catalog in sync with the catalog. Previously, when an override referenced a catalog (e.g. `overrides: { foo: 'catalog:' }`) and `pnpm update` bumped that catalog entry, the lockfile's `catalogs` advanced while the resolved `overrides` kept the old version. The resulting lockfile was internally inconsistent, so a later `pnpm install --frozen-lockfile` failed with `ERR_PNPM_LOCKFILE_CONFIG_MISMATCH`.
- [`9d0a300`](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/commit/9d0a300): Fixed `pnpm version --recursive` so it honors the workspace selection. In recursive mode the version bump now applies to the packages resolved from the workspace filter (`selectedProjectsGraph`), matching the behavior of `pnpm publish --recursive`, instead of always bumping every workspace package [#​11348](https://github.com/pnpm/pnpm/issues/11348).
<!-- sponsors -->
#### Platinum Sponsors
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://bit.cloud/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer"><img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/bit.svg" width="80" alt="Bit"></a>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://openai.com/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/openai_dark.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/openai_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/openai_dark.svg" width="160" alt="OpenAI" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
#### Gold Sponsors
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://sanity.io/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/sanity.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/sanity_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/sanity.svg" width="120" alt="Sanity" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://discord.com/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/discord.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/discord_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/discord.svg" width="220" alt="Discord" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://vite.dev/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer"><img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/vitejs.svg" width="42" alt="Vite"></a>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://serpapi.com/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/serpapi_dark.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/serpapi_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/serpapi_dark.svg" width="160" alt="SerpApi" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://coderabbit.ai/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/coderabbit.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/coderabbit_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/coderabbit.svg" width="220" alt="CodeRabbit" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://stackblitz.com/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/stackblitz.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/stackblitz_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/stackblitz.svg" width="190" alt="Stackblitz" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://workleap.com/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/workleap.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/workleap_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/workleap.svg" width="190" alt="Workleap" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
<td align="center" valign="middle">
<a href="https://nx.dev/?utm_source=pnpm&utm_medium=release_notes" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">
<picture>
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: light)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/nx.svg" />
<source media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)" srcset="https://pnpm.io/img/users/nx_light.svg" />
<img src="https://pnpm.io/img/users/nx.svg" width="50" alt="Nx" />
</picture>
</a>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<!-- sponsors end -->
</details>
---
### Configuration
📅 **Schedule**: (UTC)
- Branch creation
- At any time (no schedule defined)
- Automerge
- At any time (no schedule defined)
🚦 **Automerge**: Disabled by config. Please merge this manually once you are satisfied.
♻ **Rebasing**: Whenever PR becomes conflicted, or you tick the rebase/retry checkbox.
🔕 **Ignore**: Close this PR and you won't be reminded about this update again.
---
- [ ] <!-- rebase-check -->If you want to rebase/retry this PR, check this box
---
This PR has been generated by [Mend Renovate](https://github.com/renovatebot/renovate).
<!--renovate-debug:eyJjcmVhdGVkSW5WZXIiOiI0My4xOTEuMiIsInVwZGF0ZWRJblZlciI6IjQzLjE5MS4yIiwidGFyZ2V0QnJhbmNoIjoibWFpbiIsImxhYmVscyI6W119-->
Reviewed-on: https://gitea.com/gitea/docs/pulls/446
Reviewed-by: Lunny Xiao <[email protected]>
Co-authored-by: Renovate Bot <[email protected]>
Co-committed-by: Renovate Bot <[email protected]>
Adds a versioned docs snapshot for Gitea Runner v1.0.8 (latest stable),
updates lastVersion and navbar to point to the new version while keeping
0.2.11 in the dropdown for historical reference.
---------
Co-authored-by: Lunny Xiao <[email protected]>
Reviewed-on: https://gitea.com/gitea/docs/pulls/435
Reviewed-by: Lunny Xiao <[email protected]>
Co-authored-by: Nicolas <[email protected]>
Co-committed-by: Nicolas <[email protected]>
Adds documentation for the `DEFAULT_TITLE_SOURCE` setting.
- Added `DEFAULT_TITLE_SOURCE` to the config cheat sheet under `[repository.pull-request]`
- Added a "Default pull request title" section to the pull request usage docs explaining both modes (`first-commit` and `auto`)
---------
Co-authored-by: Nicolas <[email protected]>
Reviewed-on: https://gitea.com/gitea/docs/pulls/391
Reviewed-by: Nicolas <[email protected]>
Co-authored-by: 0xGREG <[email protected]>
Co-committed-by: 0xGREG <[email protected]>
Sync the zh-cn and zh-tw `config-cheat-sheet.md` translations with the English source for current and 1.26 versions.
Changes:
- Add 17 missing sections (`qos`, `mailer.override_header`, `markup.external-render-name`, `lfs_client`, `storage_minio`, `storage_azureblob`, `storage_override`, and 10 cron task subsections including the `Actions` cron tasks group)
- Add ~30 missing individual settings across existing sections
- Restructure storage sections to match English (separate Minio/Azure/Override subsections)
- Remove stale settings (`TEST_CONFLICTING_PATCHES_WITH_GIT_APPLY`, old inline MINIO duplicates, removed git timeout settings)
- Fix `MERMAID_MAX_SOURCE_CHARACTERS` default value (5000 -> 50000)
- Replace full-width Unicode punctuation (U+FF1A, U+FF08, U+FF09) with ASCII equivalents
All 4 i18n files now have 745 settings matching the English source.
---
This PR was written with the help of Claude Opus 4.6
Reviewed-on: https://gitea.com/gitea/docs/pulls/381
Reviewed-by: Lunny Xiao <[email protected]>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <[email protected]>
Co-committed-by: silverwind <[email protected]>
Add documentation for the new `REVERSE_PROXY_LOGOUT_REDIRECT` setting in the `[security]` section, which allows redirecting users to an external URL or relative path after logout when using reverse proxy authentication.
For Gitea 1.26, ref https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/pull/36085.
---
This PR was written with the help of Claude Opus 4.6
Reviewed-on: https://gitea.com/gitea/docs/pulls/380
Reviewed-by: Lunny Xiao <[email protected]>
Co-authored-by: silverwind <[email protected]>
Co-committed-by: silverwind <[email protected]>
This PR contains the following updates:
| Package | Type | Update | Change |
|---|---|---|---|
| [pnpm/action-setup](https://github.com/pnpm/action-setup) | action | major | `v4` → `v5` |
---
### Release Notes
<details>
<summary>pnpm/action-setup (pnpm/action-setup)</summary>
### [`v5`](https://github.com/pnpm/action-setup/compare/v4...v5)
[Compare Source](https://github.com/pnpm/action-setup/compare/v4...v5)
</details>
---
### Configuration
📅 **Schedule**: Branch creation - At any time (no schedule defined), Automerge - At any time (no schedule defined).
🚦 **Automerge**: Disabled by config. Please merge this manually once you are satisfied.
♻ **Rebasing**: Whenever PR becomes conflicted, or you tick the rebase/retry checkbox.
🔕 **Ignore**: Close this PR and you won't be reminded about this update again.
---
- [ ] <!-- rebase-check -->If you want to rebase/retry this PR, check this box
---
This PR has been generated by [Renovate Bot](https://github.com/renovatebot/renovate).
<!--renovate-debug:eyJjcmVhdGVkSW5WZXIiOiI0My43Ni41IiwidXBkYXRlZEluVmVyIjoiNDMuNzYuNSIsInRhcmdldEJyYW5jaCI6Im1haW4iLCJsYWJlbHMiOltdfQ==-->
---------
Co-authored-by: silverwind <[email protected]>
Reviewed-on: https://gitea.com/gitea/docs/pulls/365
Reviewed-by: silverwind <[email protected]>
Reviewed-by: Nicolas <[email protected]>
Co-authored-by: Renovate Bot <[email protected]>
Co-committed-by: Renovate Bot <[email protected]>
The standalone `environment-to-ini` tool was removed in https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/pull/35735 and its functionality is now built into the Gitea binary. This PR:
- Removes outdated links to the removed `contrib/environment-to-ini` directory
- Updates the "Use environment variables to setup Gitea" section in the config cheat sheet
- Adds examples showing how env vars map to `app.ini` settings and the `__FILE` suffix for secrets
*This PR was authored by Claude.*
Reviewed-on: https://gitea.com/gitea/docs/pulls/355
Reviewed-by: wxiaoguang <[email protected]>
Reviewed-by: TheFox0x7 <[email protected]>
Fix act runner doc typos and errors and simplify some grammar.
Co-authored-by: Peter Ryszkiewicz <[email protected]>
Co-committed-by: Peter Ryszkiewicz <[email protected]>
Original Gitea's repository no longer contains "Environment to INI" document referenced in "Managing Deployments With Environment Variables" section.
This commit fixes the reference by pointing the link to the last commit where needed doc was still present.
Reviewed-on: https://gitea.com/gitea/docs/pulls/315
Reviewed-by: Lunny Xiao <[email protected]>
Co-authored-by: andriibratanin <[email protected]>
Co-committed-by: andriibratanin <[email protected]>
This adds explanations, that were missing regarding Token scopes and the packages feature requiring a token with said scope. Also added a missing explanation, that tokens can be created in the user interface, not just the API. The reason this PR is created was due to misunderstandings around the package feature, that arose during the discussion in https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/issues/32048 .
This PR aims to clarify the misunderstood points around tokens, scopes and the package feature.
During the creation of this PR bug https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/issues/32078 was found, the scopes are always reported as `null` during the response of the initial `POST` to create the token.
Co-authored-by: Wladislav ヴラド Artsimovich <[email protected]>
Co-authored-by: Lunny Xiao <[email protected]>
Reviewed-on: https://gitea.com/gitea/docs/pulls/72
Reviewed-by: Lunny Xiao <[email protected]>
Co-authored-by: FrostKiwi <[email protected]>
Co-committed-by: FrostKiwi <[email protected]>
The SMTPS protocol uses port 465, not 587. Port 587 is instead used for STARTTLS.
Helps getting administrators stuck in cryptic errors such as:
Failed to send a testing email to "[email protected]": could not initiate SMTP session: tls: first record does not look like a TLS handshake
Reviewed-on: https://gitea.com/gitea/docs/pulls/295
Reviewed-by: Lunny Xiao <[email protected]>
Co-authored-by: kairosys-dev <[email protected]>
Co-committed-by: kairosys-dev <[email protected]>
Fix JSON syntax error in token creation request
The previous JSON was malformed:
{"name":test_token","scopes":[...]}
The value of "name" was missing opening quotes, causing the error:
invalid character 't' looking for beginning of value
Fixed by enclosing the string in double quotes:
{"name":"test_token","scopes":[...]}
Reviewed-on: https://gitea.com/gitea/docs/pulls/269
Reviewed-by: techknowlogick <[email protected]>
Co-authored-by: desysoft <[email protected]>
Co-committed-by: desysoft <[email protected]>
Added instructions on how to download the signature file using wget, and fixed a typo in the wget commands that would have caused the command to fail when copied/pasted.
Reviewed-on: https://gitea.com/gitea/docs/pulls/262
Reviewed-by: Lunny Xiao <[email protected]>
Co-authored-by: kmanwar89 <[email protected]>
Co-committed-by: kmanwar89 <[email protected]>
Documentation for my changes to ssh commit signing in <https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/pull/34341>.
* Renames "GPG Commit Signatures" to "GPG/SSH Commit Signatures", since the url is called just signing and creating a new page would duplicate a lot
* _"The default option and repository specific signing keys are not supported for ssh keys"_
* the original draft implementation did support this for ssh keys
* this warning should avoid people expecting this gitconfig style things to work for ssh keys, since verifying is disabled in this case (e.g. pre 1.25 undocumented behavior preserved).
Co-authored-by: Lunny Xiao <[email protected]>
Reviewed-on: https://gitea.com/gitea/docs/pulls/241
Reviewed-by: Lunny Xiao <[email protected]>
Co-authored-by: Christopher Homberger <[email protected]>
Co-committed-by: Christopher Homberger <[email protected]>
"body": "Automated update of the generated runner reference pages from gitea/runner (main for the develop docs, the newest stable tag for every documented series), opened by the \"update runner reference\" scheduled workflow."
"body": "Automated update of static/swagger-latest.json and static/openapi3-latest.json from the gitea main branch, opened by the \"update api spec files\" scheduled workflow."
"_comment":"Algolia DocSearch crawler configuration. The three facets come from the docsearch:* meta tags every page carries; only the versions people read are indexed, the older ones stay reachable through the version picker.",
@@ -12,10 +12,10 @@ Some jurisdictions (such as EU), requires certain legal pages (e.g. Privacy Poli
## Getting Pages
Gitea source code ships with sample pages, available in `contrib/legal` directory. Copy them to `custom/public/assets/`. For example, to add Privacy Policy:
Gitea source code ships with sample pages, available in `contrib/service/sample-page` directory. Copy them to `custom/public/assets/`. For example, to add Privacy Policy:
Now you need to edit the page to meet your requirements. In particular you must change the email addresses, web addresses and references to "Your Gitea Instance" to match your situation.
Disabling `synchronous_commit` makes PostgreSQL less resilient to crashes, but makes the import a lot faster. Since we already have a backup of the original database and we can check that the import completes successfully, it should be a good trade-off.
After the import is completed, set up Gitea to use PostgreSQL and start the Gitea server again. Good luck!
After the import is completed, set up Gitea to use PostgreSQL and start the Gitea server again. Good luck!
@@ -34,8 +34,39 @@ A full restart is required for Gitea configuration changes to take effect.
## Use environment variables to setup Gitea
There is [environment-to-ini](https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/tree/main/contrib/environment-to-ini) to help to
generate Gitea's `app.ini` from environment variables.
Gitea supports setting `app.ini` values via environment variables of the form `GITEA__<section>__<KEY>`. These require running `gitea config edit-ini --in-place --apply-env` before starting Gitea to write them into `app.ini`. The official Docker images do this automatically on container startup.
:::info
If `<section>` or `<KEY>` contains a `.`, replace that with `_0X2E_`; if it contains a `-`, replace it with `_0X2C_`
:::
For example, to configure the database connection via environment variables:
```
GITEA__database__DB_TYPE=postgres
GITEA__database__HOST=127.0.0.1:5432
GITEA__database__NAME=gitea
GITEA__database__USER=gitea
GITEA__database__PASSWD=secret
```
This is equivalent to the following `app.ini` configuration:
```ini
[database]
DB_TYPE = postgres
HOST = 127.0.0.1:5432
NAME = gitea
USER = gitea
PASSWD = secret
```
You can also load values from files by appending `__FILE` to the variable name. This is useful for Docker secrets:
@@ -80,13 +111,19 @@ In addition, there is _`StaticRootPath`_ which can be set as a built-in at build
A relative path is interpreted as **`{AppWorkPath}/{ROOT}`**.
- `SCRIPT_TYPE`: **bash**: The script type this server supports. Usually this is `bash`,
but some users report that only `sh` is available.
- `DEFAULT_OBJECT_FORMAT`: **sha1**: The default object format for new repositories. Valid values are `sha1` and `sha256`.
- `DETECTED_CHARSETS_ORDER`: **UTF-8, UTF-16BE, UTF-16LE, UTF-32BE, UTF-32LE, ISO-8859, windows-1252, ISO-8859, windows-1250, ISO-8859, ISO-8859, ISO-8859, windows-1253, ISO-8859, windows-1255, ISO-8859, windows-1251, windows-1256, KOI8-R, ISO-8859, windows-1254, Shift_JIS, GB18030, EUC-JP, EUC-KR, Big5, ISO-2022, ISO-2022, ISO-2022, IBM424_rtl, IBM424_ltr, IBM420_rtl, IBM420_ltr**: Tie-break order of detected charsets - if the detected charsets have equal confidence, charsets earlier in the list will be chosen in preference to those later. Adding `defaults` will place the unnamed charsets at that point.
- `ANSI_CHARSET`: **_empty_**: Default ANSI charset to override non-UTF-8 charsets to.
- `FORCE_PRIVATE`: **false**: Force every new repository to be private.
- `DEFAULT_PRIVATE`: **last**: Default private when creating a new repository: `last`, `private`, `public`
- `DEFAULT_PUSH_CREATE_PRIVATE`: **true**: Default private when creating a new repository with push-to-create.
- `MAX_CREATION_LIMIT`: **-1**: Global maximum creation limit of repositories per user,
`-1` means no limit.
- `MAX_CREATION_LIMIT`: **-1**: Global maximum creation limit of repositories per user/org,
`-1` means no limit. Acts as a shortcut: sets the default value for both
`USER_MAX_CREATION_LIMIT` and `ORG_MAX_CREATION_LIMIT` when those are not configured.
- `USER_MAX_CREATION_LIMIT`: **-1**: Global maximum creation limit of repositories per user,
applied at creation time. `-1` means no limit. Takes precedence over `MAX_CREATION_LIMIT` when set.
- `ORG_MAX_CREATION_LIMIT`: **-1**: Global maximum creation limit of repositories per organization,
applied at creation time. `-1` means no limit. Takes precedence over `MAX_CREATION_LIMIT` when set.
- `PREFERRED_LICENSES`: **Apache License 2.0,MIT License**: Preferred Licenses to place at
the top of the list. Name must match file name in options/license or custom/options/license.
- `DISABLE_HTTP_GIT`: **false**: Disable the ability to interact with repositories over the
@@ -99,7 +136,7 @@ In addition, there is _`StaticRootPath`_ which can be set as a built-in at build
default is not to present.
:::warning
This maybe harmful to you website if you do not give it a right value.
This maybe harmful to your website if you do not give it a right value.
:::
- `DEFAULT_CLOSE_ISSUES_VIA_COMMITS_IN_ANY_BRANCH`: **false**: Close an issue if a commit on a non default branch marks it as closed.
@@ -118,7 +155,7 @@ In addition, there is _`StaticRootPath`_ which can be set as a built-in at build
- `ALLOW_DELETION_OF_UNADOPTED_REPOSITORIES`: **false**: Allow non-admin users to delete unadopted repositories
- `ALLOW_FORK_WITHOUT_MAXIMUM_LIMIT`: **true**: Allow to fork repositories without maximum number limit
- `ALLOW_FORK_INTO_SAME_OWNER`: **false**: Allow to fork repositories into the same owner (user or organization). This feature is experimental, not fully tested, and may be changed in the future
- `ALLOW_FORK_INTO_SAME_OWNER`: **false**: Allow to fork repositories into the same owner (user or organization).
### Repository - Editor (`repository.editor`)
@@ -141,8 +178,12 @@ In addition, there is _`StaticRootPath`_ which can be set as a built-in at build
- `DEFAULT_MERGE_MESSAGE_OFFICIAL_APPROVERS_ONLY`: **true**: In default merge messages only include approvers who are officially allowed to review.
- `POPULATE_SQUASH_COMMENT_WITH_COMMIT_MESSAGES`: **false**: In default squash-merge messages include the commit message of all commits comprising the pull request.
- `ADD_CO_COMMITTER_TRAILERS`: **true**: Add co-authored-by and co-committed-by trailers to merge commit messages if committer does not match author.
- `TEST_CONFLICTING_PATCHES_WITH_GIT_APPLY`: **false**: PR patches are tested using a three-way merge method to discover if there are conflicts. If this setting is set to **true**, conflicting patches will be retested using `git apply` - This was the previous behaviour in 1.18 (and earlier) but is somewhat inefficient. Please report if you find that this setting is required.
- `RETARGET_CHILDREN_ON_MERGE`: **true**: Retarget child pull requests to the parent pull request branch target on merge of parent pull request. It only works on merged PRs where the head and base branch target the same repo.
- `DEFAULT_DELETE_BRANCH_AFTER_MERGE`: **false**: Set the default value for "Delete pull request branch after merge by default" for new repositories.
- `DEFAULT_TITLE_SOURCE`: **auto**: Default source for the pull request title when opening a new PR. Valid options:
- `first-commit`: Uses the oldest commit's summary as the title. If there are multiple commits, still uses the first commit's message.
- `auto`: Uses the commit's summary when the PR contains a single commit; when there are multiple commits, converts the branch name into a human-readable title by normalizing separators and casing.
- `branch-name`: Always uses the PR's branch name.
### Repository - Issue (`repository.issue`)
@@ -159,9 +200,11 @@ In addition, there is _`StaticRootPath`_ which can be set as a built-in at build
### Repository - Release (`repository.release`)
- `ALLOWED_TYPES`: **_empty_**: Comma-separated list of allowed file extensions (`.zip`), mime types (`text/plain`) or wildcard type (`image/*`, `audio/*`, `video/*`). Empty value or `*/*` allows all types.
- `ALLOWED_TYPES`: **_empty_**: Comma-separated list of allowed release attachment file extensions (`.zip`), mime types (`text/plain`) or wildcard type (`image/*`, `audio/*`, `video/*`). Empty value or `*/*` allows all types.
- `DEFAULT_PAGING_NUM`: **10**: The default paging number of releases user interface
- For settings related to file attachments on releases, see the `attachment` section.
- `FILE_MAX_SIZE`: **2048**: Max filesize limit for release attachments (MB)
- `MAX_FILES`: **5**: Maximum number of release attachments that can be uploaded at once for a release.
- For other settings related to file attachments on releases, see the `attachment` section.
### Repository - Signing (`repository.signing`)
@@ -209,7 +252,6 @@ The following configuration set `Content-Type: application/vnd.android.package-a
- `MAX_AGE`: **10m**: max time to cache response
- `ALLOW_CREDENTIALS`: **false**: allow request with credentials
- `HEADERS`: **Content-Type,User-Agent**: additional headers that are permitted in requests
- `X_FRAME_OPTIONS`: **SAMEORIGIN**: Set the `X-Frame-Options` header value.
## UI (`ui`)
@@ -224,7 +266,8 @@ The following configuration set `Content-Type: application/vnd.android.package-a
- `DEFAULT_THEME`: **gitea-auto**: Set the default theme for the Gitea installation, custom themes could be provided by `{CustomPath}/public/assets/css/theme-*.css`.
- `SHOW_USER_EMAIL`: **true**: Whether the email of the user should be shown in the Explore Users page.
- `THEMES`: **_empty_**: All available themes by `{CustomPath}/public/assets/css/theme-*.css`. Allow users select personalized themes.
- `FILE_ICON_THEME`: **material**: The icons for file list (basic/material).
- `FILE_ICON_THEME`: **material**: The icon theme for files (basic/material).
- `FOLDER_ICON_THEME`: **basic**: The icon theme for folders (basic/material).
- `MAX_DISPLAY_FILE_SIZE`: **8388608**: Max size of files to be displayed (default is 8MiB)
- `AMBIGUOUS_UNICODE_DETECTION`: **true**: Detect ambiguous unicode characters in file contents and show warnings on the UI
- `REACTIONS`: All available reactions users can choose on issues/prs and comments
@@ -234,6 +277,7 @@ The following configuration set `Content-Type: application/vnd.android.package-a
- `CUSTOM_EMOJIS`: **gitea, codeberg, gitlab, git, github, gogs**: Additional Emojis not defined in the utf8 standard.
By default, we support Gitea (:gitea:), to add more copy them to public/assets/img/emoji/emoji_name.png and
add it to this config.
- `ENABLED_EMOJIS`: **_empty_**: Comma separated list of enabled emojis, for example: "smile, thumbsup, thumbsdown". Leave it empty to enable all emojis.
- `DEFAULT_SHOW_FULL_NAME`: **false**: Whether the full name of the users should be shown where possible. If the full name isn't set, the username will be used.
- `SEARCH_REPO_DESCRIPTION`: **true**: Whether to search within description at repository search on explore page.
- `ONLY_SHOW_RELEVANT_REPOS`: **false**: Whether to only show relevant repos on the explore page when no keyword is specified and default sorting is used.
@@ -308,11 +352,11 @@ The following configuration set `Content-Type: application/vnd.android.package-a
This is useful if the internal and the external URL don't match (e.g. behind a reverse proxy).
- `PUBLIC_URL_DETECTION`: **`legacy`**: Controls how to generate the public URL.
Although it defaults to "legacy" (to avoid breaking existing users), most instances should use the "auto" behavior,
- `PUBLIC_URL_DETECTION`: **`auto`**: Controls how to generate the public URL. Most instances should use the "auto" behavior,
especially when the Gitea instance needs to be accessed in a container network.
- "legacy": generate the public URL by "Host" header if "X-Forwarded-Proto" header exists, otherwise use "ROOT_URL".
- "auto": always use "Host" header, and also use "X-Forwarded-Proto" header if it exists. If no "Host" header, use "ROOT_URL".
- "never": always use "ROOT_URL", never detect from request headers.
- `STATIC_URL_PREFIX`: **_empty_**:
Overwrite this option to request static resources from a different URL.
This includes CSS files, images, JS files and web fonts.
@@ -361,16 +405,16 @@ The following configuration set `Content-Type: application/vnd.android.package-a
This option is only for some advanced users who have configured their SSH reverse-proxy and need to use different usernames for git SSH clone.
Most users should just leave it blank and/or modify the `BUILTIN_SSH_SERVER_USER`.
- `SSH_DOMAIN`: **`{DOMAIN}`**: Domain name of this server, used for displayed clone URL.
- `SSH_PORT`: **22**: SSH port displayed in clone URL.
- `SSH_PORT`: **22**: SSH port displayed in clone URL. If you need a different "SSH clone port" from the real "SSH listen port", set the SSH_LISTEN_PORT separately.
- `SSH_LISTEN_HOST`: **0.0.0.0**: Listen address for the built-in SSH server.
- `SSH_LISTEN_PORT`: **`{SSH_PORT}`**: Port for the built-in SSH server.
- `SSH_ROOT_PATH`: **~/.ssh**: Root path of SSH directory.
- `SSH_CREATE_AUTHORIZED_KEYS_FILE`: **true**: Gitea will create a authorized_keys file by default when it is not using the internal ssh server. If you intend to use the AuthorizedKeysCommand functionality then you should turn this off.
- `SSH_ROOT_PATH`: **_empty_**: Root path of SSH user directory for the system's standalone SSH server if Gitea is not using its builtin SSH server. Default is the '.ssh' directory in the run user's home directory.
- `SSH_CREATE_AUTHORIZED_KEYS_FILE`: **true**: Gitea will create an authorized_keys file by default when it is not using the builtin SSH server. If you intend to use the AuthorizedKeysCommand functionality then you should turn this off.
- `SSH_AUTHORIZED_KEYS_BACKUP`: **false**: Enable SSH Authorized Key Backup when rewriting all keys, default is false.
- `SSH_TRUSTED_USER_CA_KEYS`: **_empty_**: Specifies the public keys of certificate authorities that are trusted to sign user certificates for authentication. Multiple keys should be comma separated. E.g.`ssh-<algorithm> <key>` or `ssh-<algorithm> <key1>, ssh-<algorithm> <key2>`. For more information see `TrustedUserCAKeys` in the sshd config man pages. When empty no file will be created and `SSH_AUTHORIZED_PRINCIPALS_ALLOW` will default to `off`.
- `SSH_TRUSTED_USER_CA_KEYS_FILENAME`: **`RUN_USER`/.ssh/gitea-trusted-user-ca-keys.pem**: Absolute path of the `TrustedUserCaKeys` file Gitea will manage. If you're running your own ssh server and you want to use the Gitea managed file you'll also need to modify your sshd_config to point to this file. The official docker image will automatically work without further configuration.
- `SSH_AUTHORIZED_PRINCIPALS_ALLOW`: **off** or **username, email**: \[off, username, email, anything\]: Specify the principals values that users are allowed to use as principal. When set to `anything` no checks are done on the principal string. When set to `off` authorized principal are not allowed to be set.
- `SSH_CREATE_AUTHORIZED_PRINCIPALS_FILE`: **false/true**: Gitea will create a authorized_principals file by default when it is not using the internal ssh server and `SSH_AUTHORIZED_PRINCIPALS_ALLOW` is not `off`.
- `SSH_CREATE_AUTHORIZED_PRINCIPALS_FILE`: **false/true**: Gitea will create an authorized_principals file by default when it is not using the builtin SSH server and `SSH_AUTHORIZED_PRINCIPALS_ALLOW` is not `off`.
- `SSH_AUTHORIZED_PRINCIPALS_BACKUP`: **false/true**: Enable SSH Authorized Principals Backup when rewriting all keys, default is true if `SSH_AUTHORIZED_PRINCIPALS_ALLOW` is not `off`.
- `SSH_AUTHORIZED_KEYS_COMMAND_TEMPLATE`: **`{{.AppPath}} --config={{.CustomConf}} serv key-{{.Key.ID}}`**: Set the template for the command to passed on authorized keys. Possible keys are: AppPath, AppWorkPath, CustomConf, CustomPath, Key - where Key is a `models/asymkey.PublicKey` and the others are strings which are shellquoted.
- `SSH_SERVER_CIPHERS`: **`chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com`, `aes128-ctr`, `aes192-ctr`, `aes256-ctr`, `aes128-gcm@openssh.com`, `aes256-gcm@openssh.com`**: For the built-in SSH server, choose the ciphers to support for SSH connections, for system SSH this setting has no effect.
@@ -408,46 +452,14 @@ The following configuration set `Content-Type: application/vnd.android.package-a
- `REDIRECT_OTHER_PORT`: **false**: If true and `PROTOCOL` is https, allows redirecting http requests on `PORT_TO_REDIRECT` to the https port Gitea listens on.
- `REDIRECTOR_USE_PROXY_PROTOCOL`: **`{USE_PROXY_PROTOCOL}`**: expect PROXY protocol header on connections to https redirector.
- `PORT_TO_REDIRECT`: **80**: Port for the http redirection service to listen on. Used when `REDIRECT_OTHER_PORT` is true.
- `SSL_MIN_VERSION`: **TLSv1.2**: Set the minimum version of ssl support.
- `SSL_MAX_VERSION`: **_empty_**: Set the maximum version of ssl support.
- `SSL_CURVE_PREFERENCES`: **X25519,P256**: Set the preferred curves,
- `SSL_CIPHER_SUITES`: **ecdhe_ecdsa_with_aes_256_gcm_sha384,ecdhe_rsa_with_aes_256_gcm_sha384,ecdhe_ecdsa_with_aes_128_gcm_sha256,ecdhe_rsa_with_aes_128_gcm_sha256,ecdhe_ecdsa_with_chacha20_poly1305,ecdhe_rsa_with_chacha20_poly1305**: Set the preferred cipher suites.
- If there is no hardware support for AES suites, by default the ChaCha suites will be preferred over the AES suites.
- supported suites as of Go 1.18 are:
- TLS 1.0 - 1.2 cipher suites
- "rsa_with_rc4_128_sha"
- "rsa_with_3des_ede_cbc_sha"
- "rsa_with_aes_128_cbc_sha"
- "rsa_with_aes_256_cbc_sha"
- "rsa_with_aes_128_cbc_sha256"
- "rsa_with_aes_128_gcm_sha256"
- "rsa_with_aes_256_gcm_sha384"
- "ecdhe_ecdsa_with_rc4_128_sha"
- "ecdhe_ecdsa_with_aes_128_cbc_sha"
- "ecdhe_ecdsa_with_aes_256_cbc_sha"
- "ecdhe_rsa_with_rc4_128_sha"
- "ecdhe_rsa_with_3des_ede_cbc_sha"
- "ecdhe_rsa_with_aes_128_cbc_sha"
- "ecdhe_rsa_with_aes_256_cbc_sha"
- "ecdhe_ecdsa_with_aes_128_cbc_sha256"
- "ecdhe_rsa_with_aes_128_cbc_sha256"
- "ecdhe_rsa_with_aes_128_gcm_sha256"
- "ecdhe_ecdsa_with_aes_128_gcm_sha256"
- "ecdhe_rsa_with_aes_256_gcm_sha384"
- "ecdhe_ecdsa_with_aes_256_gcm_sha384"
- "ecdhe_rsa_with_chacha20_poly1305_sha256"
- "ecdhe_ecdsa_with_chacha20_poly1305_sha256"
- TLS 1.3 cipher suites
- "aes_128_gcm_sha256"
- "aes_256_gcm_sha384"
- "chacha20_poly1305_sha256"
- Aliased names
- "ecdhe_rsa_with_chacha20_poly1305" is an alias for "ecdhe_rsa_with_chacha20_poly1305_sha256"
- "ecdhe_ecdsa_with_chacha20_poly1305" is alias for "ecdhe_ecdsa_with_chacha20_poly1305_sha256"
- `SSL_MIN_VERSION`: **_empty_**: Minimum supported TLS version, one of TLSv1.0, TLSv1.1, TLSv1.2, TLSv1.3. Unset uses Go's default.
- `SSL_MAX_VERSION`: **_empty_**: Maximum supported TLS version, one of TLSv1.0, TLSv1.1, TLSv1.2, TLSv1.3. Unset uses Go's default.
- `SSL_CURVE_PREFERENCES`: **_empty_**: Comma-separated list of SSL curve preferences. Unset uses Go's default.
- `SSL_CIPHER_SUITES`: **_empty_**: Comma-separated list of SSL cipher suites. Unset uses Go's default.
- `ENABLE_ACME`: **false**: Flag to enable automatic certificate management via an ACME capable Certificate Authority (CA) server (default: Lets Encrypt). If enabled, `CERT_FILE` and `KEY_FILE` are ignored, and the CA must resolve `DOMAIN` to this gitea server. Ensure that DNS records are set and either port `80` or port `443` are accessible by the CA server (the public internet by default), and redirected to the appropriate ports `PORT_TO_REDIRECT` or `HTTP_PORT` respectively.
- `ACME_URL`: **_empty_**: The CA's ACME directory URL, e.g. for a self-hosted [smallstep CA server](https://github.com/smallstep/certificates), it can look like `https://ca.example.com/acme/acme/directory`. If left empty, it defaults to using Let's Encerypt's production CA (check `LETSENCRYPT_ACCEPTTOS` as well).
- `ACME_ACCEPTTOS`: **false**: This is an explicit check that you accept the terms of service of the ACME provider. The default is Lets Encrypt [terms of service](https://letsencrypt.org/documents/LE-SA-v1.2-November-15-2017.pdf).
- `ACME_DIRECTORY`: **https**: Directory that the certificate manager will use to cache information such as certs and private keys.
- `ACME_DIRECTORY`: **https**: Directory that the certificate manager will use to cache information such as certs and private keys. A relative path is resolved against the working directory of the Gitea process, which is not necessarily a directory that survives a restart, see the note in [HTTPS setup](https-support.md#using-acme-default-lets-encrypt).
- `ACME_EMAIL`: **_empty_**: Email used for the ACME registration. Usually it is to notify about problems with issued certificates.
- `ACME_CA_ROOT`: **_empty_**: The CA's root certificate. If left empty, it defaults to using the system's trust chain.
- `ALLOW_GRACEFUL_RESTARTS`: **true**: Perform a graceful restart on SIGHUP
@@ -477,7 +489,7 @@ The following configuration set `Content-Type: application/vnd.android.package-a
-`require`: Enable TLS without any verifications.
-`verify-ca`: Enable TLS with verification of the database server certificate against its root certificate.
-`verify-full`: Enable TLS and verify the database server name matches the given certificate in either the `Common Name` or `Subject Alternative Name` fields.
-`SQLITE_TIMEOUT`: **500**: Query timeout for SQLite3 only.
-`SQLITE_TIMEOUT`: **20000**: Query timeout in milliseconds, for SQLite3 only.
-`SQLITE_JOURNAL_MODE`: **""**: Change journal mode for SQlite3. Can be used to enable [WAL mode](https://www.sqlite.org/wal.html) when high load causes write congestion. See [SQlite3 docs](https://www.sqlite.org/pragma.html#pragma_journal_mode) for possible values. Defaults to the default for the database file, often DELETE.
-`ITERATE_BUFFER_SIZE`: **50**: Internal buffer size for iterating.
-`PATH`: **data/gitea.db**: For SQLite3 only, the database file path.
@@ -497,14 +509,14 @@ relation to port exhaustion.
## Indexer (`indexer`)
-`ISSUE_INDEXER_TYPE`: **bleve**: Issue indexer type, currently supported: `bleve`, `db`, `elasticsearch` or `meilisearch`.
-`ISSUE_INDEXER_TYPE`: **bleve**: Issue indexer type, currently supported: `bleve`, `db`, `elasticsearch` (also compatible with OpenSearch) or `meilisearch`.
-`ISSUE_INDEXER_CONN_STR`: ****: Issue indexer connection string, available when ISSUE_INDEXER_TYPE is elasticsearch (e.g. `http://elastic:password@localhost:9200`) or meilisearch (e.g. `http://:apikey@localhost:7700`)
-`ISSUE_INDEXER_NAME`: **gitea_issues**: Issue indexer name, available when ISSUE_INDEXER_TYPE is elasticsearch or meilisearch.
-`ISSUE_INDEXER_PATH`: **indexers/issues.bleve**: Index file used for issue search; available when ISSUE_INDEXER_TYPE is bleve and elasticsearch. Relative paths will be made absolute against _`AppWorkPath`_.
-`REPO_INDEXER_ENABLED`: **false**: Enables code search (uses a lot of disk space, about 6 times more than the repository size).
-`REPO_INDEXER_REPO_TYPES`: **sources,forks,mirrors,templates**: Repo indexer units. The items to index could be `sources`, `forks`, `mirrors`, `templates` or any combination of them separated by a comma. If empty then it defaults to `sources` only, as if you'd like to disable fully please see `REPO_INDEXER_ENABLED`.
-`REPO_INDEXER_TYPE`: **bleve**: Code search engine type, could be `bleve` or `elasticsearch`.
-`REPO_INDEXER_TYPE`: **bleve**: Code search engine type, could be `bleve` or `elasticsearch` (also compatible with OpenSearch).
-`REPO_INDEXER_PATH`: **indexers/repos.bleve**: Index file used for code search.
-`REPO_INDEXER_CONN_STR`: ****: Code indexer connection string, available when `REPO_INDEXER_TYPE` is elasticsearch. i.e. `http://elastic:password@localhost:9200`
-`REPO_INDEXER_NAME`: **gitea_codes**: Code indexer name, available when `REPO_INDEXER_TYPE` is elasticsearch
@@ -515,6 +527,10 @@ relation to port exhaustion.
-`MAX_FILE_SIZE`: **1048576**: Maximum size in bytes of files to be indexed.
-`STARTUP_TIMEOUT`: **30s**: If the indexer takes longer than this timeout to start - fail. (This timeout will be added to the hammer time above for child processes - as bleve will not start until the previous parent is shutdown.) Set to -1 to never timeout.
## Redis (`redis`)
-`CONN_STR`: **_empty_**: Shared default Redis connection string. When a redis-backed subsystem (`[cache]`, `[session]`, `[queue]`, `[global_lock]`) is configured to use Redis but its own connection string is empty, it falls back to this value. A subsystem's own connection string always takes precedence, so different subsystems can still use different Redis instances.
## Queue (`queue` and `queue.*`)
Configuration at `[queue]` will set defaults for queues with overrides for individual queues at `[queue.*]`. (However see below.)
@@ -523,7 +539,7 @@ Configuration at `[queue]` will set defaults for queues with overrides for indiv
-`DATADIR`: **queues/common**: Base DataDir for storing level queues. `DATADIR` for individual queues can be set in `queue.name` sections. Relative paths will be made absolute against `{APP_DATA_PATH}`.
-`LENGTH`: **100000**: Maximal queue size before channel queues block
-`BATCH_LENGTH`: **20**: Batch data before passing to the handler
-`CONN_STR`: **redis://127.0.0.1:6379/0**: Connection string for the redis queue type. Several redis connections schemes are supported. To see all available `uri.Scheme` types, see [here](https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/blob/main/modules/nosql/manager_redis.go#L98-L123). For example, if you're running a Redis cluster, use `redis+cluster://127.0.0.1:6379/0`. Options can be set using query params. Similarly, LevelDB options can also be set using: **leveldb://relative/path?option=value** or **leveldb:///absolute/path?option=value**, and will override `DATADIR`
-`CONN_STR`: **redis://127.0.0.1:6379/0**: Connection string for the redis queue type. If left empty while `TYPE` is `redis`, it falls back to [redis/CONN_STR](#redis-redis) when that is set. Several redis connections schemes are supported. To see all available `uri.Scheme` types, see [here](https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/blob/main/modules/nosql/manager_redis.go#L98-L123). For example, if you're running a Redis cluster, use `redis+cluster://127.0.0.1:6379/0`. Options can be set using query params. Similarly, LevelDB options can also be set using: **leveldb://relative/path?option=value** or **leveldb:///absolute/path?option=value**, and will override `DATADIR`
-`QUEUE_NAME`: **_queue**: The suffix for default redis and disk queue name. Individual queues will default to **`name`**`QUEUE_NAME` but can be overridden in the specific `queue.name` section.
-`SET_NAME`: **_unique**: The suffix that will be added to the default redis and disk queue `set` name for unique queues. Individual queues will default to **`name`**`QUEUE_NAME`_`SET_NAME`_ but can be overridden in the specific `queue.name` section.
-`MAX_WORKERS`: **(dynamic)**: Maximum number of worker go-routines for the queue. Default value is "CpuNum/2" clipped to between 1 and 10.
@@ -573,6 +589,7 @@ And the following unique queues:
-`LOGIN_REMEMBER_DAYS`: **31**: How long to remember that a user is logged in before requiring relogin (in days).
-`COOKIE_REMEMBER_NAME`: **gitea\_incredible**: Name of cookie used to store authentication
information.
-`REVERSE_PROXY_LOGOUT_REDIRECT`: **_empty_**: URL or relative path to redirect users to after logout when authentication is handled by a reverse proxy or SSO. For example: `/my-sso/logout?return=/my-sso/home`.
-`REVERSE_PROXY_AUTHENTICATION_USER`: **X-WEBAUTH-USER**: Header name for reverse proxy
authentication.
-`REVERSE_PROXY_AUTHENTICATION_EMAIL`: **X-WEBAUTH-EMAIL**: Header name for reverse proxy
@@ -582,6 +599,9 @@ And the following unique queues:
-`REVERSE_PROXY_LIMIT`: **1**: Interpret X-Forwarded-For header or the X-Real-IP header and set this as the remote IP for the request.
Number of trusted proxy count. Set to zero to not use these headers.
-`REVERSE_PROXY_TRUSTED_PROXIES`: **127.0.0.0/8,::1/128**: List of IP addresses and networks separated by comma of trusted proxy servers. Use `*` to trust all.
-`X_FRAME_OPTIONS`: **SAMEORIGIN**: Set the `X-Frame-Options` header value for all HTTP responses. Set to `unset` to not send the header. Previously located in `[cors]`.
-`X_CONTENT_TYPE_OPTIONS`: **nosniff**: Set the `X-Content-Type-Options` header value for all HTTP responses. Set to `unset` to not send the header.
-`CONTENT_SECURITY_POLICY_GENERAL`: **_empty_**: The value of the general Content-Security-Policy for most web pages. Leave it empty to apply the default policy, or set it to "unset" to disable Content-Security-Polic.
-`DISABLE_GIT_HOOKS`: **true**: Set to `false` to enable users with Git Hook privilege to create custom Git Hooks.
:::warning
@@ -626,6 +646,15 @@ And the following unique queues:
-`PASSWORD_CHECK_PWN`: **false**: Check [HaveIBeenPwned](https://haveibeenpwned.com/Passwords) to see if a password has been exposed.
-`SUCCESSFUL_TOKENS_CACHE_SIZE`: **20**: Cache successful token hashes. API tokens are stored in the DB as pbkdf2 hashes however, this means that there is a potentially significant hashing load when there are multiple API operations. This cache will store the successfully hashed tokens in a LRU cache as a balance between performance and security.
-`DISABLE_QUERY_AUTH_TOKEN`: **false**: Reject API tokens sent in URL query string (Accept Header-based API tokens only). This setting will default to `true` in Gitea 1.23 and be deprecated in Gitea 1.24.
-`TWO_FACTOR_AUTH`: **_empty_**: set to enforced to enforce two factor authentication. Only available in Gitea 1.24 and later.
-`ALLOWED_HOST_LIST`: **external**: Webhook and oauth2 clients can only call allowed hosts for security reasons. Comma separated list.
- Built-in networks:
-`loopback`: 127.0.0.0/8 for IPv4 and ::1/128 for IPv6, localhost is included.
-`private`: RFC 1918 (10.0.0.0/8, 172.16.0.0/12, 192.168.0.0/16) and RFC 4193 (FC00::/7). Also called LAN/Intranet.
-`external`: A valid non-private unicast IP, you can access all hosts on public internet.
-`*`: All hosts are allowed.
- CIDR list: `1.2.3.0/8` for IPv4 and `2001:db8::/32` for IPv6
-`PAGING_NUM`: **10**: Number of webhook history events that are shown in one page.
-`PROXY_URL`: **_empty_**: Proxy server URL, support http://, https//, socks://, blank will follow environment http_proxy/https_proxy. If not given, will use global proxy setting.
@@ -817,7 +838,7 @@ and
- Please note: authentication is only supported when the SMTP server communication is encrypted with TLS (this can be via `STARTTLS`) or SMTP host is localhost. See [Email Setup](email-setup.md) for more information.
-`ENABLE_HELO`: **true**: Enable HELO operation.
-`HELO_HOSTNAME`: **(retrieved from system)**: HELO hostname.
-`FROM`: **_empty_**: Mail from address, RFC 5322. This can be just an email address, or the "Name" `\<[email protected]\>` format.
-`FROM`: **_empty_**: Mail from address, RFC 5322. This can be just an email address, or the `"Name" <[email protected]>` format.
-`ENVELOPE_FROM`: **_empty_**: Address set as the From address on the SMTP mail envelope. Set to `<>` to send an empty address.
-`FROM_DISPLAY_NAME_FORMAT`: **`{{ .DisplayName }}`**: If gitea sends mails on behave of users, it will just use the name also displayed in the WebUI. If you want e.g. `Mister X (by CodeIt) <[email protected]>`, set it to `{{ .DisplayName }} (by {{ .AppName }})`. Available Variables: `.DisplayName`, `.AppName` and `.Domain`.
-`SUBJECT_PREFIX`: **_empty_**: Prefix to be placed before e-mail subject lines.
@@ -862,7 +883,7 @@ In-Reply-To =
-`ADAPTER`: **memory**: Cache engine adapter, either `memory`, `redis`, `twoqueue` or `memcache`. (`twoqueue` represents a size limited LRU cache.)
-`INTERVAL`: **60**: Garbage Collection interval (sec), for memory and twoqueue cache only.
-`HOST`: **_empty_**: Connection string for `redis` and `memcache`. For `twoqueue` sets configuration for the queue.
-`HOST`: **_empty_**: Connection string for `redis` and `memcache`. For `twoqueue` sets configuration for the queue. If left empty while `ADAPTER` is `redis`, it falls back to [redis/CONN_STR](#redis-redis) when that is set.
- Redis: `redis://:[email protected]:6379/0?pool_size=100&idle_timeout=180s` (See [queue/CONN_STR](#queue-queue-and-queue) for information on additional supported connection types)
- For a Redis cluster: `redis+cluster://:[email protected]:6379/0?pool_size=100&idle_timeout=180s`
- For a Redis sentinel: `redis+sentinel://:macaron@sentinel0:26379,sentinel1:26379,sentinel2:26379/0?pool_size=100&idle_timeout=180s&master_name=mymaster`
@@ -878,7 +899,7 @@ In-Reply-To =
## Session (`session`)
-`PROVIDER`: **memory**: Session engine provider \[memory, file, redis, db, mysql, couchbase, memcache, postgres\]. Setting `db` will reuse the configuration in `[database]`
-`PROVIDER_CONFIG`: **data/sessions**: For file, the root path; for db, empty (database config will be used); for others, the connection string. Relative paths will be made absolute against _`AppWorkPath`_.
-`PROVIDER_CONFIG`: **data/sessions**: For file, the root path; for db, empty (database config will be used); for others, the connection string. Relative paths will be made absolute against _`AppWorkPath`_. For the `redis` provider, if left empty it falls back to [redis/CONN_STR](#redis-redis) when that is set.
-`COOKIE_SECURE`:**_empty_**: `true` or `false`. Enable this to force using HTTPS for all session access. If not set, it defaults to `true` if the ROOT_URL is an HTTPS URL.
-`COOKIE_NAME`: **i\_like\_gitea**: The name of the cookie used for the session ID.
-`GC_INTERVAL_TIME`: **86400**: GC interval in seconds.
@@ -888,8 +909,7 @@ In-Reply-To =
## Picture (`picture`)
-`GRAVATAR_SOURCE`: **gravatar**: Can be `gravatar`, `duoshuo` or anything like
`http://cn.gravatar.com/avatar/`.
-`GRAVATAR_SOURCE`: **gravatar**: Can be `gravatar`, `libravatar` or any other Gravatar-compatible source, like `https://cn.gravatar.com/avatar/`.
-`DISABLE_GRAVATAR`: **false**: Enable this to use local avatars only. **DEPRECATED [v1.18+]** moved to database. Use admin panel to configure.
-`ENABLE_FEDERATED_AVATAR`: **false**: Enable support for federated avatars (see
[http://www.libravatar.org](http://www.libravatar.org)). **DEPRECATED [v1.18+]** moved to database. Use admin panel to configure.
@@ -917,12 +937,15 @@ Default templates for project board view:
-`PROJECT_BOARD_BASIC_KANBAN_TYPE`: **To Do, In Progress, Done**
-`PROJECT_BOARD_BUG_TRIAGE_TYPE`: **Needs Triage, High Priority, Low Priority, Closed**
## Issue and pullrequest attachments (`attachment`)
## Issue, pull-request and release attachments (`attachment`)
-`ENABLED`: **true**: Whether issue and pullrequest attachments are enabled.
-`ALLOWED_TYPES`: **.avif,.cpuprofile,.csv,.dmp,.docx,.fodg,.fodp,.fods,.fodt,.gif,.gz,.jpeg,.jpg,.json,.jsonc,.log,.md,.mov,.mp4,.odf,.odg,.odp,.ods,.odt,.patch,.pdf,.png,.pptx,.svg,.tgz,.txt,.webm,.webp,.xls,.xlsx,.zip**: Comma-separated list of allowed file extensions (`.zip`), mime types (`text/plain`) or wildcard type (`image/*`, `audio/*`, `video/*`). Empty value or `*/*` allows all types.
-`MAX_SIZE`: **2048**: Maximum size (MB).
-`MAX_FILES`: **5**: Maximum number of attachments that can be uploaded at once.
ALLOWED_TYPES/MAX_SIZE/MAX_FILES in this section only affect issue and pull-request attachments, not release attachments.
Release attachment has its own config options in `[repository.release]` section.
-`ENABLED`: **true**: Whether issue, pull-request and release attachments are enabled.
-`ALLOWED_TYPES`: **.avif,.cpuprofile,.csv,.dmp,.docx,.fodg,.fodp,.fods,.fodt,.gif,.gz,.jpeg,.jpg,.json,.jsonc,.log,.md,.mov,.mp4,.odf,.odg,.odp,.ods,.odt,.patch,.pdf,.png,.pptx,.svg,.tgz,.txt,.webm,.webp,.xls,.xlsx,.zip**: Comma-separated list of allowed issue/pull-request attachment file extensions (`.zip`), mime types (`text/plain`) or wildcard type (`image/*`, `audio/*`, `video/*`). Empty value or `*/*` allows all types.
-`MAX_SIZE`: **100**: Max size of each issue/pull-request attachment file in MB.
-`MAX_FILES`: **5**: Maximum number of issue/pull-request attachments that can be uploaded at once.
-`STORAGE_TYPE`: **local**: Storage type for attachments, it could be `<blank>`, `local`, `minio`, `azureblob` or `xxx` which defined in another section with `[storage.xxx]`.
For `STORAGE_TYPE = ` or there is no this configuration item, all storages will be derived from `[storage]` if configured or defult values.
@@ -931,7 +954,7 @@ Default templates for project board view:
-`PATH`: **attachments**: Path to store attachments only available when STORAGE_TYPE is `local`, relative paths will be resolved to `{AppDataPath}/{attachment.PATH}`.
For `STORAGE_TYPE = minio`, the configurations can be found at [Storage Minio](#storage_minio), you can override some configurations like below.
For `STORAGE_TYPE = minio`, the configurations can be found at [Storage Minio](#minio-storage-configuration-storage_minio), you can override some configurations like below.
-`MINIO_BASE_PATH`: **attachments/**: Minio base path on the bucket only available when STORAGE_TYPE is `minio`
@@ -1030,9 +1053,9 @@ Default templates for project board view:
#### Cron - Repository Health Check (`cron.repo_health_check`)
-`RUN_AT_START`: **false**: Run job at start time (if ENABLED).
-`NOTICE_ON_SUCCESS`: **false**: Set to true to log a success message.
-`SCHEDULE`: **@annually*: Cron syntax for scheduling synchronization of repository licenses
### Extended cron tasks
#### Cron - Delete all repository archives (`cron.delete_repo_archives`)
@@ -1117,7 +1153,14 @@ Synchronize external user data (only LDAP user synchronization is supported)
-`ENABLED`: **false**: Enable service.
-`RUN_AT_START`: **false**: Run tasks at start up time (if ENABLED).
-`NOTICE_ON_SUCCESS`: **false**: Set to true to switch on success notices.
-`SCHEDULE`: **@every 72h**: Cron syntax for scheduling repository archive cleanup, e.g. `@every 1h`.
-`SCHEDULE`: **@every 72h**: Cron syntax for scheduling synchronization of gitea ssh keys, e.g. `@every 1h`.
#### Cron - Update the '.ssh/authorized_principals' file (`cron.resync_all_sshprincipals`)
-`ENABLED`: **false**: Enable service.
-`RUN_AT_START`: **false**: Run tasks at start up time (if ENABLED).
-`NOTICE_ON_SUCCESS`: **false**: Set to true to switch on success notices.
-`SCHEDULE`: **@every 72h**: Cron syntax for scheduling update of authorized_principals, e.g. `@every 1h`.
#### Cron - Resynchronize pre-receive, update and post-receive hooks of all repositories (`cron.resync_all_hooks`)
@@ -1181,6 +1224,43 @@ Synchronize external user data (only LDAP user synchronization is supported)
-`NUMBER_TO_CHECK_PER_REPO`: **100**: Minimum number of stale LFSMetaObjects to check per repo. Set to `0` to always check all.
-`PROPORTION_TO_CHECK_PER_REPO`: **0.6**: Check at least this proportion of LFSMetaObjects per repo. (This may cause all stale LFSMetaObjects to be checked.)
### Actions cron tasks
#### Cron - Rebuild issue index (`cron.rebuild_issue_indexer`)
-`ENABLED`: **true**: Enable service.
-`RUN_AT_START`: **true**: Run tasks at start up time (if ENABLED).
-`NO_SUCCESS_NOTICE`: **false**: Set to true to switch off success notices.
-`SCHEDULE`: **@annually**: Cron syntax to set how often to rebuild
#### Cron - Stop running tasks which haven't been updated for a long time (`cron.stop_zombie_tasks`)
-`ENABLED`: **true**: Enable service.
-`RUN_AT_START`: **true**: Run tasks at start up time (if ENABLED).
-`NO_SUCCESS_NOTICE`: **false**: Set to true to switch off success notices.
-`SCHEDULE`: **@every 5m**: Cron syntax to set how often tasks to run the check
#### Cron - Stop running tasks which have running status and continuous updates but don't end for a long time (`cron.stop_endless_tasks`)
-`ENABLED`: **true**: Enable service.
-`RUN_AT_START`: **true**: Run tasks at start up time (if ENABLED).
-`NO_SUCCESS_NOTICE`: **false**: Set to true to switch off success notices.
-`SCHEDULE`: **@every 30m**: Cron syntax to set how often to run the check.
#### Cron - Cancel jobs which haven't been picked up for a long time (`cron.cancel_abandoned_jobs`)
-`ENABLED`: **true**: Enable service.
-`RUN_AT_START`: **false**: Run tasks at start up time (if ENABLED).
-`NO_SUCCESS_NOTICE`: **false**: Set to true to switch off success notices.
-`SCHEDULE`: **@every 6h**: Cron syntax to set how often to run the check.
#### Cron - Start cron based actions (`cron.start_schedule_tasks`)
-`ENABLED`: **true**: Enable service.
-`RUN_AT_START`: **false**: Run tasks at start up time (if ENABLED).
-`NO_SUCCESS_NOTICE`: **false**: Set to true to switch off success notices.
-`SCHEDULE`: **@every 1m**: Cron syntax to set how often to schedule tasks
## Git (`git`)
-`PATH`: **""**: The path of Git executable. If empty, Gitea searches through the PATH environment.
@@ -1201,20 +1281,20 @@ Synchronize external user data (only LDAP user synchronization is supported)
-`LARGE_OBJECT_THRESHOLD`: **1048576**: (Go-Git only), don't cache objects greater than this in memory. (Set to 0 to disable.)
-`DISABLE_CORE_PROTECT_NTFS`: **false** Set to true to forcibly set `core.protectNTFS` to false.
-`DISABLE_PARTIAL_CLONE`: **false** Disable the usage of using partial clones for git.
-`DIFF_RENAME_SIMILARITY_THRESHOLD`: **50%** Set the similarity threshold passed to git commands via `--find-renames=<threshold>`. Default is 50%, the same as git. Must be a integer percentage between 0% and 100%.
-`CLONE`: **300**: Git clone from internal repositories timeout seconds.
-`PULL`: **300**: Git pull from internal repositories timeout seconds.
-`GC`: **60**: Git repository GC timeout seconds.
### Git - Config options (`git.config`)
The key/value pairs in this section will be used as git config.
This section only does "set" config, a removed config key from this section won't be removed from git config automatically. The format is `some.configKey = value`.
The key/value pairs in this section will be used as git config. The format is `some.configKey = value`.
These options are written into the gitconfig file under `[git] HOME_PATH` when Gitea starts, and are applied **after** Gitea's built-in defaults — so values set here take precedence over the defaults listed below.
**Note:** This section only does "set" config; a removed config key from this section won't be removed from git config automatically. Some config options might affect the behavior of git and cause Gitea's git operations to fail — make sure you know what you are doing before making changes.
-`diff.algorithm`: **histogram**
-`core.logAllRefUpdates`: **true**
@@ -1246,7 +1326,10 @@ This section only does "set" config, a removed config key from this section won'
-`JWT_SECRET_URI`: **_empty_**: Instead of defining JWT_SECRET in the configuration, this configuration option can be used to give Gitea a path to a file that contains the secret (example value: `file:/etc/gitea/oauth2_jwt_secret`)
-`JWT_SIGNING_PRIVATE_KEY_FILE`: **jwt/private.pem**: Private key file path used to sign OAuth2 tokens. The path is relative to `APP_DATA_PATH`. This setting is only needed if `JWT_SIGNING_ALGORITHM` is set to `RS256`, `RS384`, `RS512`, `ES256`, `ES384` or `ES512`. The file must contain a RSA or ECDSA private key in the PKCS8 format. If no key exists a 4096 bit key will be created for you.
-`MAX_TOKEN_LENGTH`: **32767**: Maximum length of token/cookie to accept from OAuth2 provider
-`DEFAULT_APPLICATIONS`: **git-credential-oauth, git-credential-manager, tea**: Pre-register OAuth applications for some services on startup. See the [OAuth2 documentation](/development/oauth2-provider.md) for the list of available options.
-`DEFAULT_APPLICATIONS`: **git-credential-oauth, git-credential-manager, tea, gitea-app**: Pre-register OAuth applications for some services on startup. See the [OAuth2 documentation](/development/oauth2-provider.md) for the list of available options.
-`CUSTOM_SCHEMES`: **_empty_**: By default, OAuth2 applications can only use "http" and "https" as their redirect URI schemes.
If you need to use other schemes (e.g. for desktop applications), you can specify them here as a comma-separated list.
For example: set "my-scheme, com.example.app" to support "my-scheme://..." and "com.example.app://..." redirect URIs.
## i18n (`i18n`)
@@ -1258,6 +1341,8 @@ This section only does "set" config, a removed config key from this section won'
-`MERMAID_MAX_SOURCE_CHARACTERS`: **50000**: Set the maximum size of a Mermaid source. (Set to -1 to disable)
Gitea can support Markup using external tools. The example below will add a markup named `asciidoc`.
```ini
@@ -1270,7 +1355,6 @@ IS_INPUT_FILE = false
```
- ENABLED: **false** Enable markup support; set to **true** to enable this renderer.
- NEED\_POSTPROCESS: **true** set to **true** to replace links / sha1 and etc.
- FILE\_EXTENSIONS: **_empty_** List of file extensions that should be rendered by an external
command. Multiple extensions needs a comma as splitter.
- RENDER\_COMMAND: External command to render all matching extensions.
@@ -1279,6 +1363,10 @@ IS_INPUT_FILE = false
- sanitized: Sanitize the content and render it inside current page, default to only allow a few HTML tags and attributes. Customized sanitizer rules can be defined in `[markup.sanitizer.*]`.
- no-sanitizer: Disable the sanitizer and render the content inside current page. It's **insecure** and may lead to XSS attack if the content contains malicious code.
- iframe: Render the content in a separate standalone page and embed it into current page by iframe. The iframe is in sandbox mode with same-origin disabled, and the JS code are safely isolated from parent page.
- RENDER_CONTENT_SANDBOX: **_empty_** The sandbox applied to the iframe and Content-Security-Policy header when RENDER_CONTENT_MODE is `iframe`. It defaults to a safe set of "allow-*" restrictions (space separated). You can also set it by your requirements or use "disabled" to disable the sandbox completely. When set it, make sure there is no security risk:
- PDF-only content: generally safe to use "disabled", and it needs to be "disabled" because PDF only renders with no sandbox.
- HTML content with JS: if the "RENDER_COMMAND" can guarantee there is no XSS, then it is safe, otherwise, you need to fine tune the "allow-*" restrictions.
- NEED_POST_PROCESS: **false** Whether post-process the rendered HTML content, including: resolve relative links and image sources, recognizing issue/commit references, escaping invisible characters, mentioning users, rendering permlink code blocks, replacing emoji shorthands, etc. By default, this is true when RENDER_CONTENT_MODE is `sanitized`, otherwise false.
Two special environment variables are passed to the render command:
@@ -1369,6 +1457,7 @@ in this mapping or the filetype using heuristics.
-`LIMIT_SIZE_RUBYGEMS`: **-1**: Maximum size of a RubyGems upload (`-1` means no limits, format `1000`, `1 MB`, `1 GiB`)
-`LIMIT_SIZE_SWIFT`: **-1**: Maximum size of a Swift upload (`-1` means no limits, format `1000`, `1 MB`, `1 GiB`)
-`LIMIT_SIZE_VAGRANT`: **-1**: Maximum size of a Vagrant upload (`-1` means no limits, format `1000`, `1 MB`, `1 GiB`)
-`LIMIT_SIZE_TERRAFORM_STATE``: **-1**: Maximum size of a Terraform state upload (`-1` means no limits, format `1000`, `1 MB`, `1 GiB`)
## Mirror (`mirror`)
@@ -1392,7 +1481,7 @@ is `data/lfs` and the default of `MINIO_BASE_PATH` is `lfs/`.
-`PATH`: **./data/lfs**: Where to store LFS files, only available when `STORAGE_TYPE` is `local`. If not set it fall back to deprecated LFS_CONTENT_PATH value in [server] section.
For `STORAGE_TYPE = minio`, the configurations can be found at [Storage Minio](#storage_minio), you can also define configurations like below to override derived or default values.
For `STORAGE_TYPE = minio`, the configurations can be found at [Storage Minio](#minio-storage-configuration-storage_minio), you can also define configurations like below to override derived or default values.
-`MINIO_BASE_PATH`: **attachments/**: Minio base path on the bucket only available when STORAGE_TYPE is `minio`
@@ -1543,7 +1632,7 @@ is `data/repo-archive` and the default of `MINIO_BASE_PATH` is `repo-archive/`.
-`PATH`: **./data/repo-archive**: Where to store archive files, only available when `STORAGE_TYPE` is `local`.
For `STORAGE_TYPE = minio`, the configurations can be found at [Storage Minio](#storage_minio), you can override some configurations like below.
For `STORAGE_TYPE = minio`, the configurations can be found at [Storage Minio](#minio-storage-configuration-storage_minio), you can override some configurations like below.
-`MINIO_BASE_PATH`: **repo-archive/**: Minio base path on the bucket only available when `STORAGE_TYPE` is `minio`
-`DEFAULT_ACTIONS_URL`: **github**: Default platform to get action plugins, `github` for `https://github.com`, `self` for the current Gitea instance.
-`STORAGE_TYPE`: **local**: Storage type for actions logs, `local` for local disk or `minio` for s3 compatible object storage service, default is `local` or other name defined with `[storage.xxx]`
-`MINIO_BASE_PATH`: **actions_log/**: Minio base path on the bucket only available when STORAGE_TYPE is `minio`
-`LOG_RETENTION_DAYS`: **365**: Logs retention time in days. Old logs will be deleted after this period.
-`LOG_RETENTION_DAYS`: **365**: Days to keep logs. Old logs will be deleted after this period. 0 means keep forever.
-`LOG_COMPRESSION`: **zstd**: Log compression type, `none` for no compression, `zstd` for zstd compression.
Other compression types like `gzip` are NOT supported, since seekable stream is required for log view.
It's always recommended to use compression when using local disk as log storage if CPU or memory is not a bottleneck.
And for object storage services like S3, which is billed for requests, it would cause extra 2 times of get requests for each log view.
But it will save storage space and network bandwidth, so it's still recommended to use compression.
-`ARTIFACT_RETENTION_DAYS`: **90**: Default number of days to keep artifacts. Artifacts could have their own retention periods by setting the `retention-days` option in `actions/upload-artifact` step.
-`ARTIFACT_RETENTION_DAYS`: **90**: Days to keep artifacts. Old artifacts will be deleted after this period. 0 means keep forever.
Changes only apply to newly uploaded artifacts, existing ones keep the expiry stored when they were uploaded.
Artifacts could have their own retention periods by setting the `retention-days` option in `actions/upload-artifact` step.
-`RUN_RETENTION_DAYS`: **400**: Days to keep completed runs. Old runs and everything under them will be deleted after this period. 0 means keep forever.
-`ZOMBIE_TASK_TIMEOUT`: **10m**: Timeout to stop the task which have running status, but haven't been updated for a long time
-`ENDLESS_TASK_TIMEOUT`: **3h**: Timeout to stop the tasks which have running status and continuous updates, but don't end for a long time
-`ABANDONED_JOB_TIMEOUT`: **24h**: Timeout to cancel the jobs which have waiting status, but haven't been picked by a runner for a long time
-`SKIP_WORKFLOW_STRINGS`: **[skip ci],[ci skip],[no ci],[skip actions],[actions skip]**: Strings committers can place inside a commit message or PR title to skip executing the corresponding actions workflow
-`WORKFLOW_DIRS`: **.gitea/workflows,.github/workflows**: Comma-separated list of workflow directories, the first one to exist in a repo is used to find Actions workflow files.
-`SCOPED_WORKFLOW_DIRS`: **.gitea/scoped_workflows**: Comma-separated list of directories holding [scoped workflows](usage/actions/scoped-workflows.md) (workflows defined in a central source repository that run on other repositories). Must not overlap with `WORKFLOW_DIRS`. Leave empty so no directory is scanned for scoped workflows; none are found or run.
-`MAX_RERUN_ATTEMPTS`: **50**: Maximum number of attempts a single workflow run can have (initial run + reruns). Defaults value is 50. Set any positive value that fits your workflow needs.
`DEFAULT_ACTIONS_URL` indicates where the Gitea Actions runners should find the actions with relative path.
For example, `uses: actions/checkout@v4` means `https://github.com/actions/checkout@v4` since the value of `DEFAULT_ACTIONS_URL` is `github`.
Customizing Gitea is typically done using the `CustomPath` folder - by default this is
the `custom` folder from the working directory (WorkPath), but may be different if your [installation](../installation/installation.md) has
the `custom` folder from the working directory (WorkPath), but may be different if your [installation](../installation/from-binary.md) has
set this differently. This is the central place to override configuration settings,
templates, etc. You can check the `CustomPath` using `gitea help`. You can also find
the path on the _Configuration_ tab in the _Site Administration_ page. You can override
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ the Linux Filesystem Standard. Gitea will attempt to create required folders, in
`custom/`. Distributions may provide a symlink for `custom` using `/etc/gitea/`.
Application settings can be found in file `CustomConf` which is by default,
`$GITEA_CUSTOM/conf/app.ini` but may be different if your [installation](../installation/installation.md) has set this differently.
`$GITEA_CUSTOM/conf/app.ini` but may be different if your [installation](../installation/from-binary.md) has set this differently.
Again `gitea help` will allow you review this variable and you can override it using the
`--config` option on the `gitea` binary.
@@ -85,6 +85,8 @@ To obtain any embedded file (including templates), the [`gitea embedded` tool](.
Be aware that any statement contained inside `{{` and `}}` are Gitea's template syntax and
shouldn't be touched without fully understanding these components.
Gitea pages are protected by Content-Security-Policy, use `<script nonce="{{ctx.CspScriptNonce}}">...</script>` for script tags.
### Customizing startpage / homepage
Copy [`home.tmpl`](https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/blob/main/templates/home.tmpl) for your version of Gitea from `templates` to `$GITEA_CUSTOM/templates`.
@@ -136,10 +138,10 @@ The data is encoded and sent to the PlantUML server which generates the picture.
demo server at http://www.plantuml.com/plantuml, but if you (or your users) have sensitive data you
can set up your own [PlantUML server](https://plantuml.com/server) instead. To set up PlantUML rendering,
copy JavaScript files from https://gitea.com/davidsvantesson/plantuml-code-highlight and put them in your
`$GITEA_CUSTOM/public/assets/` folder. Then add the following to `custom/footer.tmpl`:
`$GITEA_CUSTOM/public/assets/` folder. Then add the following to `$GITEA_CUSTOM/templates/custom/footer.tmpl`:
```html
<script>
<scriptnonce="{{ctx.CspScriptNonce}}">
$(async()=>{
if(!$('.language-plantuml').length)return;
awaitPromise.all([
@@ -180,60 +182,129 @@ In $GITEA_CUSTOM we need to add our template.
This template needs to be saved in "$GITEA_CUSTOM/templates/custom/".
Here create file "footer.tmpl" and add following text into it:
Now the last thing. Change permissions on the public folder:
```
chown -R git:git $GITEA_CUSTOM/public
```
Now we have everything ready! Restart your gitea instance to apply these changes and test it in your browser.
You should end-up with a folder structure similar to this:
Sanity check. You should end-up with a folder structure similar to this:
```
$GITEA_CUSTOM/templates
@@ -284,7 +355,7 @@ $GITEA_CUSTOM/templates
$GITEA_CUSTOM/public/assets/
-- o3dv
|-- o3dv_0.15.0.zip
|-- o3dv.zip
|-- o3dv.license.md
|-- o3dv.min.js
|-- envmaps
@@ -325,15 +396,16 @@ Starting with Gitea 1.20, you can customize the git configuration via the `git.c
### Enabling signed git pushes
To enable signed git pushes, set these two options:
[Signed pushes](https://git-scm.com/docs/git-push#Documentation/git-push.txt---signedtruefalseif-asked) allow clients to cryptographically sign the push operation itself (not just individual commits). To enable signed pushes, add the following to `app.ini`:
```ini
[git.config]
receive.advertisePushOptions=true
receive.certNonceSeed=<randomstring>
```
`certNonceSeed` should be set to a random string and be kept secret.
`certNonceSeed` should be set to a random string and be kept secret. It is used to generate anti-replay nonces. Gitea already sets `receive.advertisePushOptions = true` by default, so no additional configuration is needed. Note that Gitea does not read `/etc/gitconfig`, so this option must be set via `app.ini` as shown above.
On the client side, pushes can be signed via `git push --signed` or enabled permanently using `git config --global push.gpgSign if-asked`.
### Labels
@@ -351,7 +423,7 @@ The [legacy file format](https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/blob/main/options/lab
`#hex-color label name ; label description`
For more information, see the [labels documentation](usage/labels.md).
For more information, see the [labels documentation](../usage/issues-prs/labels.md).
Gitea has mailer functionality for sending transactional emails (such as registration confirmation). It can be configured to either use Sendmail (or compatible MTAs like Postfix and msmtp) or directly use SMTP server.
:::note
Be sure to set ENABLE_NOTIFY_MAIL=true to allow Gitea to send email notifications. Check the [Config Cheat Sheet](../administration/config-cheat-sheet.md#service-service) for details.
@@ -56,7 +60,7 @@ For the full list of options check the [Config Cheat Sheet](../administration/co
Authentication is only supported when the SMTP server communication is encrypted with TLS or `HOST=localhost`. TLS encryption can be through:
:::
- STARTTLS (also known as Opportunistic TLS) via port 587. Initial connection is done over cleartext, but then be upgraded over TLS if the server supports it.
- STARTTLS (also known as Opportunistic TLS) via port 587 with `PROTOCOL=smtp+starttls`. Initial connection is done over cleartext, but then be upgraded over TLS if the server supports it.
- SMTPS connection (SMTP over TLS) via the default port 465. Connection to the server use TLS from the beginning.
- Forced SMTPS connection with `PROTOCOL=smtps`. (These are both known as Implicit TLS.)
This is due to protections imposed by the Go internal libraries against STRIPTLS attacks.
1. Set `[server] ROOT_URL = https://git.example.com/` in your `app.ini` file.
2. Make the reverse-proxy pass `https://git.example.com/foo` to `http://gitea:3000/foo`.
3. Make sure the reverse-proxy does not decode the URI. The request `https://git.example.com/a%2Fb` should be passed as `http://gitea:3000/a%2Fb`.
4. Make sure `Host` and `X-Fowarded-Proto` headers are correctly passed to Gitea to make Gitea see the real URL being visited.
4. Make sure `Host` and `X-Forwarded-Proto` headers are correctly passed to Gitea to make Gitea see the real URL being visited.
5. Make sure your webserver has a certificate, including all intermediate and RootCA certificates, for `git clone` and `git pull` to work.
6. Gitea uses a WebSocket connection at `/-/ws` for real-time updates like the notification counter. Make sure the reverse-proxy talks HTTP/1.1 and forwards the `Upgrade` and `Connection` headers, see the examples below. Without it, Gitea falls back to periodic polling.
### Use a sub-path
@@ -40,6 +42,7 @@ server {
location/{
client_max_body_size512M;
proxy_passhttp://localhost:3000;
proxy_http_version1.1;
proxy_set_headerConnection$http_connection;
proxy_set_headerUpgrade$http_upgrade;
proxy_set_headerHost$host;
@@ -66,6 +69,7 @@ server {
rewrite^$request_uri;
rewrite^/(gitea($|/))?(.*)/$3break;
proxy_passhttp://127.0.0.1:3000$uri;
proxy_http_version1.1;
# other common HTTP headers, see the "Nginx" config section above
proxy_set_headerConnection$http_connection;
@@ -112,6 +116,7 @@ server {
}
location/{
# other directives, see the "Nginx" config section above
proxy_passhttp://localhost:3000;
}
}
@@ -128,6 +133,7 @@ server {
server_namegit.example.com;
location/{
# other directives, see the "Nginx" config section above
proxy_passhttp://localhost:3000;
}
}
@@ -149,6 +155,20 @@ server {
}
```
## Nginx Proxy Manager
If you are using Nginx Proxy Manager to serve your Gitea instance it differs slighly from the raw Nginx.
It is [adding some directives](https://github.com/NginxProxyManager/nginx-proxy-manager/blob/master/docker/rootfs/etc/nginx/conf.d/include/proxy.conf) for a custom location by default, so you have to skip these from the above mentioned Nginx config. Otherwise Nginx will produce `400 bad request` error due to duplicated directives (`proxy_set_header Host $host` is the particularly problematic one).
So while creating the `/` Custom location, just add the following line to it's configuration:
```nginx
client_max_body_size512M;
```
Enable `Websockets Support` on the proxy host, Nginx Proxy Manager then adds the WebSocket directives itself. Adding `proxy_http_version` on top of that makes Nginx refuse to start.
## Apache HTTPD
If you want Apache HTTPD to serve your Gitea instance, you can add the following to your Apache HTTPD configuration (usually located at `/etc/apache2/httpd.conf` in Ubuntu):
@@ -159,13 +179,15 @@ If you want Apache HTTPD to serve your Gitea instance, you can add the following
RequestHeader set "X-Forwarded-Proto" expr=%{REQUEST_SCHEME}
</VirtualHost>
```
:::note
The following Apache HTTPD mods must be enabled: `proxy`, `proxy_http`.
`upgrade=websocket` requires Apache HTTPD 2.4.48 or later. On older versions you **MUST** remove it, otherwise Apache HTTPD will not start.
:::
If you wish to use Let's Encrypt with webroot validation, add the line `ProxyPass /.well-known !` before `ProxyPass` to disable proxying these requests to Gitea.
@@ -183,7 +205,7 @@ In case you already have a site, and you want Gitea to share the domain name, yo
</Proxy>
AllowEncodedSlashes NoDecode
# Note: no trailing slash after either /git or port
RequestHeader set "X-Forwarded-Proto" expr=%{REQUEST_SCHEME}
</VirtualHost>
@@ -192,7 +214,55 @@ In case you already have a site, and you want Gitea to share the domain name, yo
Then you **MUST** set something like `[server] ROOT_URL = http://git.example.com/git/` correctly in your configuration.
:::note
The following Apache HTTPD mods must be enabled: `proxy`, `proxy_http`.
The following Apache HTTPD mods must be enabled: `proxy`, `proxy_http`.`upgrade=websocket` requires Apache HTTPD 2.4.48 or later, remove it on older versions.
:::
## Apache HTTPD and serve static resources directly
We can tune the performance in splitting requests into categories static and dynamic.
CSS files, JavaScript files, images and web fonts are static content.
The front page, a repository view or issue list is dynamic content.
Apache HTTPD can serve static resources directly and proxy only the dynamic requests to Gitea.
Download a snapshot of the Gitea source repository to `/path/to/gitea/`.
After this, run `make frontend` in the repository directory to generate the static resources. We are only interested in the `public/` directory for this task, so you can delete the rest.
(You will need to have [Node with npm](https://nodejs.org/en/download/) and `make` installed to generate the static resources)
Depending on the scale of your user base, you might want to split the traffic to two distinct servers,
or use a cdn for the static files.
### Single node and single domain
Set `[server] STATIC_URL_PREFIX = /_/static` in your configuration.
```apacheconf
<VirtualHost*:80>
...
<Proxy*>
Order allow,deny
Allow from all
</Proxy>
ProxyPass /_/static/ !
Alias /_/static/ /path/to/gitea/public/
<Directory/path/to/gitea/public/>
Options FollowSymlinks
AllowOverrideNone
Requireall granted
</Directory>
AllowEncodedSlashes NoDecode
# Note: no trailing slash after either /git or port
RequestHeader set "X-Forwarded-Proto" expr=%{REQUEST_SCHEME}
</VirtualHost>
```
:::note
The following Apache HTTPD mods must be enabled: `proxy`, `proxy_http`. `upgrade=websocket` requires Apache HTTPD 2.4.48 or later, remove it on older versions.
:::
## Caddy
@@ -229,11 +299,13 @@ If you wish to run Gitea with IIS. You will need to setup IIS with URL Rewrite a
- Install Application Request Routing (ARR for short) either by using the Microsoft Web Platform Installer 5.1 (WebPI) or downloading the extension from [IIS.net](https://www.iis.net/downloads/microsoft/application-request-routing)
- Once the module is installed in IIS, you will see a new Icon in the IIS Administration Console called URL Rewrite.
- Install the `WebSocket Protocol` Windows feature, otherwise ARR cannot proxy Gitea's WebSocket endpoint.
- Open the IIS Manager Console and click on the `Gitea Proxy` Website from the tree view on the left. Select and double click the URL Rewrite Icon from the middle pane to load the URL Rewrite interface.
- Choose the `Add Rule` action from the right pane of the management console and select the `Reverse Proxy Rule` from the `Inbound and Outbound Rules` category.
- In the Inbound Rules section, set the server name to be the host that Gitea is running on with its port. e.g. if you are running Gitea on the localhost with port 3000, the following should work: `127.0.0.1:3000`
- Enable SSL Offloading
- In the Outbound Rules, ensure `Rewrite the domain names of the links in HTTP response` is set and set the `From:` field as above and the `To:` to your external hostname, say: `git.example.com`
- Turn `Reverse rewrite host in response headers` off, in the `Server Proxy Settings` of Application Request Routing (select the server node in the IIS Manager, open `Application Request Routing Cache`, then `Server Proxy Settings` in the right pane). While it is on, ARR rewrites the host of the `Location` header back to the internal one, so the redirects Gitea sends after a sign-in or a form submission send the browser to `127.0.0.1:3000` instead of `git.example.com`.
- Now edit the `web.config` for your website to match the following: (changing `127.0.0.1:3000` and `git.example.com` as appropriate)
Gitea will verify GPG commit signatures in the provided tree by
Gitea will verify gpg/ssh commit signatures in the provided tree by
checking if the commits are signed by a key within the Gitea database,
or if the commit matches the default key for Git.
Additionally Gitea will verify commits signed by ssh keys, which public keys are part of [`TRUSTED_SSH_KEYS`](#general-configuration).
Keys are not checked to determine if they have expired or revoked.
Keys are also not checked with keyservers.
@@ -46,6 +48,11 @@ for GPG - in particular it is probably advisable to only install a
signing secret subkey without the master signing and certifying secret
key.
## Installing and generating a SSH key for Gitea
You can run `ssh-keygen -t ed25519 -f gitea-signing-key` to generate the private/public keypair for commit signing without any password. Usually you would store the key next to the gitea configuration, then point `SIGNING_KEY` to the generated public key `/path/to/gitea-signing-key.pub`. Gitea generates all its commits using the server `git` command at present - and therefore the server `ssh-keygen` will be used for
signing (if configured.)
## General Configuration
Gitea's configuration for signing can be found with the
For SSH commit signing, you need to specify the `SIGNING_FORMAT` to `ssh` instead of the default `openpgp`. `SIGNING_NAME` and `SIGNING_EMAIL` are required for verifing the signatures.
This looks like this:
```ini
...
[repository.signing]
SIGNING_KEY=/path/to/gitea-signing-key.pub
SIGNING_NAME=
SIGNING_EMAIL=
SIGNING_FORMAT=ssh
INITIAL_COMMIT=always
CRUD_ACTIONS=pubkey, twofa, parentsigned
WIKI=never
MERGES=pubkey, twofa, basesigned, commitssigned
...
```
-`/path/to/gitea-signing-key` is expected to be the private key for `/path/to/gitea-signing-key.pub` [see here how to generate a new ssh keypair](#installing-and-generating-a-ssh-key-for-gitea).
-`TRUSTED_SSH_KEYS = ssh-<algorithm> <key>` or `TRUSTED_SSH_KEYS = ssh-<algorithm> <key1>, ssh-<algorithm> <key2>` can be used for rotating the global ssh signing key to continue verifying commits signed by the previous keys.
### `SIGNING_KEY`
The first option to discuss is the `SIGNING_KEY`. There are three main
options:
-`none` - this prevents Gitea from signing any commits
-`default` - Gitea will default to the key configured within `git config`
-`default` - Gitea will default to the gpg key configured within `git config`
-`KEYID` - Gitea will sign commits with the gpg key with the ID
`KEYID`. In this case you should provide a `SIGNING_NAME` and
`SIGNING_EMAIL` to be displayed for this key.
-`/path/to/gitea-signing-key.pub` - Gitea will sign commits with the ssh key without the `.pub` suffix `/path/to/gitea-signing-key`. In this case you should provide a `SIGNING_NAME` and
`SIGNING_EMAIL` to be displayed for this key and set `SIGNING_FORMAT` to `ssh`.
The `default` option will interrogate `git config` for
`commit.gpgsign` option - if this is set, then it will use the results
@@ -97,6 +129,10 @@ Related home files for git command (like `.gnupg`) should also be put in Gitea's
If you like to keep the `.gnupg` directory outside of `{[git].HOME_PATH}/`, consider setting the `$GNUPGHOME` environment variable to your preferred location, otherwise Gitea will use the gpg keys only under `{[git].HOME_PATH}/.gnupg`.
:::
:::warning
The default option and repository specific signing keys are not supported for ssh keys
:::
### `INITIAL_COMMIT`
This option determines whether Gitea should sign the initial commit
@@ -168,3 +204,9 @@ In cases where there is a repository specific key this can be obtained from:
```sh
/api/v1/repos/:username/:reponame/signing-key.gpg
```
For ssh commit signing the default ssh public key can be obtained via the API at:
specification (not RFC 9421). The signature is sent in the `Signature` header,
and SSH certificates additionally include an `x-ssh-certificate` header. The
official [go-sdk](https://gitea.com/gitea/go-sdk) implements this flow if you
need a reference implementation.
## Generating and listing API tokens
API tokens can be created either in the user interface or via the API. Tokens have by default limited permissions and it is important to create tokens with the correct permissions for your task.
### User Interface
Tokens can be created via the `Manage Access Tokens` dialog, accessed via `User Settings` / `Applications` or via the link `gitea-domain.example/user/settings/applications`. The interface allows you to create tokens and manage their permissions via the `Select permissions` sub-menu.
Once created, the token is displayed in a toast message above the `Manage Access Tokens` dialog. Please note, that you can view this toast only once and it is not possible to redisplay the token for security reasons.
### Token API
A new token can be generated with a `POST` request to
`/users/:name/tokens`.
@@ -35,7 +54,8 @@ Note that `/users/:name/tokens` is a special endpoint and requires you
to authenticate using `BasicAuth` and a password, as follows:
By default, this creates a token with very limited permissions. To complete your tasks, your token may require extra permissions. These permissions are created via the json variable `scopes`, which takes an array of permissions as strings. Eg.: `"scopes":["all"]`. Possible permissions, as reflected in the user interface are:
- `activitypub`
- `admin`
- `issue`
- `misc`
- `notification`
- `organization`
- `package`
- `repository`
- `user`
Each permission may be set to `read` or `write`. `write` implies both Read & Write. To set permissions you write the permissions string as `<read or write>:<permission name>`, eg.: `write:package` or `read:notification`. A properly formatted API call may look like:
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Gitea was originally forked from [Gogs](https://gogs.io) and almost all the code
:::warning
Gitea does not sent or cherry-picked commits from upstream, so there is no guarantee it will work if you upgrade from Gogs to Gitea. The recommended method is to migrate repositories from Gogs to Gitea.
Gitea does not send commits to upstream or cherry-pick commits from it, so there is no guarantee it will work if you upgrade from Gogs to Gitea. The recommended method is to migrate repositories from Gogs to Gitea.
:::
@@ -31,11 +31,11 @@ You can try it out using [the online demo](https://demo.gitea.com).
- **Code Hosting**
Gitea supports creating and managing repositories, browsing commit history and code files, reviewing and merging code submissions, managing collaborators, handling branches, and more. It also supports many common Git features such as tags, Cherry-pick, hooks, integrated collaboration tools, and more.
Gitea supports creating and managing repositories, browsing commit history and code files, reviewing and merging code submissions, managing collaborators, handling branches, and more. It also supports many common Git features such as tags, cherry-picking, hooks, integrated collaboration tools, and more.
- **Lightweight and Fast**
One of Gitea's design goals is to be lightweight and fast in response. Unlike some large code hosting platforms, it remains lean, performs well in terms of speed, and is suitable for resource-limited server environments. Due to its lightweight design, Gitea has relatively low resource consumption and performs well in resource-constrained environments.
One of Gitea's design goals is to be lightweight and fast in response. Unlike some large code hosting platforms, it remains lean, performs well in terms of speed, and is suitable for resource-limited server environments.
- **Easy Deployment and Maintenance**
@@ -105,6 +105,6 @@ For more detailed information, please refer to: https://docs.gitea.com/installat
Note that the above command will download Gitea @version@ for 64-bit Linux.
## Verify GPG signature
## Verify signature
### Sigstore
Starting with v1.27 Gitea signs all binaries using [sigstore](https://sigstore.dev/) to prevent against unwanted modification of binaries.
To validate the binary, download the bundle file which ends in `sigstore.json` for the binary you downloaded and use the [cosign](https://docs.sigstore.dev/cosign/system_config/installation/) command line tool.
If the command outputs `Verified OK`, binary was not modified.
:::note
The above command will match any release workflow. You may choose to restrict the identity further by requiring a specific branch or workflow to be matched. For example this url will match only nightly builds made on main branch: `https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/.github/workflows/release-nightly.yml@refs/heads/main`
:::
### GPG
Gitea signs all binaries with a [GPG key](https://keys.openpgp.org/search?q=teabot%40gitea.io) to prevent against unwanted modification of binaries.
To validate the binary, download the signature file which ends in `.asc` for the binary you downloaded and use the GPG command line tool.
A script to enable bash-completion can be found at [`contrib/autocompletion/bash_autocomplete`](https://raw.githubusercontent.com/go-gitea/gitea/main/contrib/autocompletion/bash_autocomplete). This can be copied to `/usr/share/bash-completion/completions/gitea`
or sourced within your `.bashrc`.
### Adding shell autocompletion (from 1.25)
Similarly a script for zsh-completion can be found at [`contrib/autocompletion/zsh_autocomplete`](https://raw.githubusercontent.com/go-gitea/gitea/main/contrib/autocompletion/zsh_autocomplete). This can be copied to `/usr/share/zsh/_gitea` or sourced within your
`.zshrc`.
Shell completion can be generated directly from binary with:
```sh
gitea completion <shell>
```
YMMV and these scripts may need further improvement.
Supported values for `<shell>` are `bash`, `fish`, `pwsh` and `zsh`. Details on how to load the completion for your shell can be found in the completion command help.
## Running Gitea
After you complete the above steps, you can run Gitea two ways:
:::note
On a distribution with SELinux in enforcing mode (Fedora, RHEL, CentOS Stream,
Rocky Linux, AlmaLinux and others), the binary and the data directory need
labels the default policy does not give them, and binding to a port below 1024
takes an extra step. See [running Gitea with SELinux](selinux.md).
:::
### 1. Creating a service file to start Gitea automatically (recommended)
See how to create [Linux service](installation/run-as-service-in-ubuntu.md)
@@ -214,9 +239,7 @@ As of v1.8, there is a problem with the arm7 version of Gitea, and it doesn't ru
It is recommended to switch to the arm6 version, which has been tested and shown to work on Raspberry Pis and similar devices.
<!---
please remove after fixing the arm7 bug
--->
{/* please remove after fixing the arm7 bug */}
### Git error after updating to a new version of Gitea
If during the update, the binary file name has been changed to a new version of Gitea,
This can be combined with `CC`, `GOOS`, and `GOARCH` as above.
### Adding bash/zsh autocompletion (from 1.19)
### Adding shell autocompletion (from 1.25)
A script to enable bash-completion can be found at [`contrib/autocompletion/bash_autocomplete`](https://raw.githubusercontent.com/go-gitea/gitea/main/contrib/autocompletion/bash_autocomplete). This should be altered as appropriate and can be `source` in your `.bashrc`
or copied as `/usr/share/bash-completion/completions/gitea`.
Shell completion can be generated directly from binary with:
```sh
gitea completion <shell>
```
Similarly, a script for zsh-completion can be found at [`contrib/autocompletion/zsh_autocomplete`](https://raw.githubusercontent.com/go-gitea/gitea/main/contrib/autocompletion/zsh_autocomplete). This can be copied to `/usr/share/zsh/_gitea` or sourced within your
`.zshrc`.
YMMV and these scripts may need further improvement.
Supported values for `<shell>` are `bash`, `fish`, `pwsh` and `zsh`. Details on how to load the completion for your shell can be found in the completion command help.
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ You can run Gitea as a Linux service, using either systemd or supervisor. The st
## Using systemd
Copy the sample [gitea.service](https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/blob/main/contrib/systemd/gitea.service) to `/etc/systemd/system/gitea.service`, then edit the file with your favorite editor.
Copy the sample [gitea.service](https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/blob/main/contrib/service/systemd/gitea.service) to `/etc/systemd/system/gitea.service`, then edit the file with your favorite editor.
Uncomment any service that needs to be enabled on this host, such as MySQL.
For a stable release you could use `:latest-rootless`, `:1-rootless` or specify a certain release like `:@dockerVersion@-rootless`, but if you'd like to use the latest development version then `:nightly-rootless` would be an appropriate tag. If you'd like to run the latest commit from a release branch you can use the `:1.x-nightly-rootless` tag, where x is the minor version of Gitea. (e.g. `:1.16-nightly-rootless`)
## Custom port
To bind the integrated ssh and the webserver on a different port, adjust
the port section. It's common to just change the host port and keep the ports within
- GITEA__mailer__PASSWD="""${GITEA__mailer__PASSWD:?GITEA__mailer__PASSWD not set}"""
```
To set required TOKEN and SECRET values, consider using Gitea's built-in [generate utility functions](../administration/command-line.md#generate).
# SSH Container Passthrough
Since SSH is running inside the container, SSH needs to be passed through from the host to the container if SSH support is desired. One option would be to run the container SSH on a non-standard port (or moving the host port to a non-standard port). Another option which might be more straightforward is to forward SSH commands from the host to the container. This setup is explained in the following.
This guide assumes that you have created a user on the host called `git` with permission to run `docker exec`, and that the Gitea container is called `gitea`. You will need to modify that user's shell to forward the commands to the `sh` executable inside the container, using `docker exec`.
First, create the file `/usr/local/bin/gitea-shell` on the host, with the following contents:
```bash
#!/bin/sh
/usr/bin/docker exec -i --env SSH_ORIGINAL_COMMAND="$SSH_ORIGINAL_COMMAND" gitea sh "$@"
```
Note that `gitea` in the docker command above is the name of the container. If you named yours differently, don't forget to change that.
You should also make sure that you’ve set the permissions of the shell wrapper correctly:
```bash
sudo chmod +x /usr/local/bin/gitea-shell
```
Once the wrapper is in place, you can make it the shell for the `git` user:
```bash
sudo usermod -s /usr/local/bin/gitea-shell git
```
Now that all the SSH commands are forwarded to the container, you need to set up the SSH authentication on the host. This is done by leveraging the [SSH AuthorizedKeysCommand](../administration/command-line.md#keys) to match the keys against those accepted by Gitea. Add the following block to `/etc/ssh/sshd_config`, on the host:
@@ -12,9 +12,16 @@ Gitea provides automatically updated Docker images within its Docker Hub organiz
possible to always use the latest stable tag or to use another service that handles updating
Docker images.
This reference setup guides users through the setup based on `docker-compose`, but the installation
of `docker-compose` is out of scope of this documentation. To install `docker-compose` itself, follow
the official [install instructions](https://docs.docker.com/compose/install/).
This reference setup guides users through the setup based on `dockercompose`.
Dockercompose has been included in the Docker Engine since the shift to Compose v2.
If, for some reason, compose is not available on your system, follow the official [install instructions](https://docs.docker.com/compose/install/).
This document targets for the default rootful image. For the rootless image,
see "[Installation with Docker (rootless)](./with-docker-rootless.md)"
ATTENTION: the rootful/rootless images are not compatible with the other.
If you have chosen one, you should always use the same one,
don't switch to the other one by changing the compose file's `image` value.
## Basics
@@ -26,8 +33,6 @@ If you don't give the volume correct permissions, the container may not start.
For a stable release you can use `:latest`, `:1` or specify a certain release like `:@dockerVersion@`, but if you'd like to use the latest development version of Gitea then you could use the `:nightly` tag. If you'd like to run the latest commit from a release branch you can use the `:1.x-nightly` tag, where x is the minor version of Gitea. (e.g. `:1.16-nightly`)
```yaml
version: "3"
networks:
gitea:
external: false
@@ -58,8 +63,6 @@ the port section. It's common to just change the host port and keep the ports wi
the container like they are.
```diff
version: "3"
networks:
gitea:
external: false
@@ -93,8 +96,6 @@ To start Gitea in combination with a MySQL database, apply these changes to the
`docker-compose.yml` file created above.
```diff
version: "3"
networks:
gitea:
external: false
@@ -143,9 +144,14 @@ services:
To start Gitea in combination with a PostgreSQL database, apply these changes to
the `docker-compose.yml` file created above.
```diff
version: "3"
:::note
The example pins a major version on purpose: PostgreSQL does not upgrade its data
directory on its own, moving to a newer major version later requires `pg_upgrade`
or a dump and restore. Start a new instance on the newest version Gitea supports,
see [database preparation](database-preparation.md) for the supported versions.
:::
```diff
networks:
gitea:
external: false
@@ -176,7 +182,7 @@ services:
+ - db
+
+ db:
+ image: docker.io/library/postgres:14
+ image: docker.io/library/postgres:18
+ restart: always
+ environment:
+ - POSTGRES_USER=gitea
@@ -196,8 +202,6 @@ create the required volume. You don't need to worry about permissions with
named volumes; Docker will deal with that automatically.
```diff
version: "3"
networks:
gitea:
external: false
@@ -227,17 +231,11 @@ MySQL or PostgreSQL containers will need to be created separately.
## Startup
:::note
From July 2023 Compose V1 stopped receiving updates. It's also no longer available in new releases of Docker Desktop.
To start this setup based on `docker compose`, execute `docker compose up -d`,
to launch Gitea in the background. Using `docker compose ps` will show if Gitea
started properly. Logs can be viewed with `docker compose logs`.
Compose V2 is included with all currently supported versions of Docker Desktop. Please use V2 to do below operations.
:::
To start this setup based on `docker-compose`, execute `docker-compose up -d`,
to launch Gitea in the background. Using `docker-compose ps` will show if Gitea
started properly. Logs can be viewed with `docker-compose logs`.
To shut down the setup, execute `docker-compose down`. This will stop
To shut down the setup, execute `docker compose down`. This will stop
and kill the containers. The volumes will still exist.
:::note
@@ -247,9 +245,9 @@ If using a non-3000 port on http, change app.ini to match
## Installation
After starting the Docker setup via `docker-compose`, Gitea should be available using a
After starting the Docker setup via `dockercompose`, Gitea should be available using a
favorite browser to finalize the installation. Visit http://server-ip:3000 and follow the
installation wizard. If the database was started with the `docker-compose` setup as
installation wizard. If the database was started with the `dockercompose` setup as
documented above, please note that `db` must be used as the database hostname.
## Configure the user inside Gitea using environment variables
@@ -279,17 +277,18 @@ To upgrade your installation to the latest release:
```bash
# Edit `docker-compose.yml` to update the version, if you have one specified
# Pull new images
docker-compose pull
dockercompose pull
# Start a new container, automatically removes old one
docker-compose up -d
dockercompose up -d
```
## Managing Deployments With Environment Variables
In addition to the environment variables above, any settings in `app.ini` can be set
or overridden with an environment variable of the form: `GITEA__SECTION_NAME__KEY_NAME`.
These settings are applied each time the docker container starts, and won't be passed into Gitea's sub-processes.
Full information [here](https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/tree/master/contrib/environment-to-ini).
or overridden with an environment variable of the form: `GITEA__section_name__KEY_NAME=value`.
These settings are applied each time the docker container starts by `environment-to-ini` command
(a warpper of `gitea config edit-ini`), and won't be passed into Gitea's sub-processes.
See `./gitea config edit-ini --help` for more details.
These environment variables can be passed to the docker container in `docker-compose.yml`.
The following example will enable an smtp mail server if the required env variables
@@ -331,320 +330,7 @@ services:
- GITEA__security__INTERNAL_TOKEN=[value returned by generate secret INTERNAL_TOKEN]
```
## SSH Container Passthrough
Since SSH is running inside the container, SSH needs to be passed through from the host to the container if SSH support is desired. One option would be to run the container SSH on a non-standard port (or moving the host port to a non-standard port). Another option which might be more straightforward is for Gitea users to ssh to a Gitea user on the host which will then relay those connections to the docker. Alternatively, if the host machine has more than one IP address, the host can listen on one and Gitea on another.
### Understanding SSH access to Gitea (without passthrough)
To understand what needs to happen, you first need to understand what happens without passthrough. So we will try to explain this:
1. The client adds their SSH public key to Gitea using the webpage.
2. Gitea will add an entry for this key to the `.ssh/authorized_keys` file of its running user, `git`.
3. This entry has the public key, but also has a `command=` option. It is this command that Gitea uses to match this key to the client user and manages authentication.
4. The client then makes an SSH request to the SSH server using the `git` user, e.g. `git clone git@domain:user/repo.git`.
5. The client will attempt to authenticate with the server, passing one or more public keys one at a time to the server.
6. For each key the client provides, the SSH server will first check its configuration for an `AuthorizedKeysCommand` to see if the public key matches, and then the `git` user's `authorized_keys` file.
7. The first entry that matches will be selected, and assuming this is a Gitea entry, the `command=` will now be executed.
8. The SSH server creates a user session for the `git` user, and using the shell for the `git` user runs the `command=`
9. This runs `gitea serv` which takes over control of the rest of the SSH session and manages gitea authentication & authorization of the git commands.
Now, for the SSH passthrough to work, we need the host SSH to match the public keys and then run the `gitea serv` on the docker. There are multiple ways of doing this. However, all of these require some information about the docker being passed to the host.
### SSHing Shim (with authorized_keys)
In this option, the idea is that the host simply uses the `authorized_keys` that gitea creates but at step 9 the `gitea` command that the host runs is a shim that actually runs ssh to go into the docker and then run the real docker `gitea` itself.
- To make the forwarding work, the SSH port of the container (22) needs to be mapped to the host port 2222 in `docker-compose.yml` . Since this port does not need to be exposed to the outside world, it can be mapped to the `localhost` of the host machine:
```yaml
ports:
# [...]
- "127.0.0.1:2222:22"
```
- Next on the host create the `git` user which shares the same `UID`/ `GID` as the container values `USER_UID`/ `USER_GID`. These values can be set as environment variables in the `docker-compose.yml`:
```yaml
environment:
- USER_UID=1000
- USER_GID=1000
```
- Mount `/home/git/.ssh` of the host into the container. This ensures that the `authorized_keys` file is shared between the host `git` user and the container `git` user otherwise the SSH authentication cannot work inside the container.
```yaml
volumes:
- /home/git/.ssh/:/data/git/.ssh
```
- Now a SSH key pair needs to be created on the host. This key pair will be used to authenticate the `git` user on the host to the container. As an administrative user on the host run: (by administrative user we mean a user that can sudo to root)
- Please note depending on the local version of ssh you may want to consider using `-t ecdsa` here.
- `/home/git/.ssh/authorized_keys` on the host now needs to be modified. It needs to act in the same way as `authorized_keys` within the Gitea container. Therefore add the public key of the key you created above ("Gitea Host Key") to `~/git/.ssh/authorized_keys`. As an administrative user on the host run:
```bash
sudo -u git cat /home/git/.ssh/id_rsa.pub | sudo -u git tee -a /home/git/.ssh/authorized_keys
Important: The pubkey from the `git` user needs to be added "as is" while all other pubkeys added via the Gitea web interface will be prefixed with `command="/usr [...]`.
`/home/git/.ssh/authorized_keys` should then look somewhat like
- The next step is to create the fake host `gitea` command that will forward commands from the host to the container. The name of this file depends on your version of Gitea:
- For Gitea v1.16.0+. As an administrative user on the host run:
Here is a detailed explanation what is happening when a SSH request is made:
1. The client adds their SSH public key to Gitea using the webpage.
2. Gitea in the container will add an entry for this key to the `.ssh/authorized_keys` file of its running user, `git`.
- However, because `/home/git/.ssh/` on the host is mounted as `/data/git/.ssh` this means that the key has been added to the host `git` user's `authorized_keys` file too.
3. This entry has the public key, but also has a `command=` option.
- This command matches the location of the Gitea binary on the container, but also the location of the shim on the host.
4. The client then makes an SSH request to the host SSH server using the `git` user, e.g. `git clone git@domain:user/repo.git`.
5. The client will attempt to authenticate with the server, passing one or more public keys in turn to the host.
6. For each key the client provides, the host SSH server will first check its configuration for an `AuthorizedKeysCommand` to see if the public key matches, and then the host `git` user's `authorized_keys` file.
- Because `/home/git/.ssh/` on the host is mounted as `/data/git/.ssh` this means that the key they added to the Gitea web will be found
7. The first entry that matches will be selected, and assuming this is a Gitea entry, the `command=` will now be executed.
8. The host SSH server creates a user session for the `git` user, and using the shell for the host `git` user runs the `command=`
9. This means that the host runs the host `/usr/local/bin/gitea` shim that opens an SSH from the host to container passing the rest of the command arguments directly to `/usr/local/bin/gitea` on the container.
10. Meaning that the container `gitea serv` is run, taking over control of the rest of the SSH session and managing gitea authentication & authorization of the git commands.
**Notes**
SSH container passthrough using `authorized_keys` will work only if
- `opensshd` is used in the container
- if `AuthorizedKeysCommand` is _not used_ in combination with `SSH_CREATE_AUTHORIZED_KEYS_FILE=false` to disable authorized files key generation
- `LOCAL_ROOT_URL` is not changed (depending on the changes)
If you try to run `gitea` on the host, you will attempt to ssh to the container and thence run the `gitea` command there.
Never add the `Gitea Host Key` as a SSH key to a user on the Gitea interface.
### SSHing Shell (with authorized_keys)
In this option, the idea is that the host simply uses the `authorized_keys` that gitea creates but at step 8 above we change the shell that the host runs to ssh directly into the docker and then run the shell there. This means that the `gitea` that is then run is the real docker `gitea`.
- In this case we setup as per SSHing Shim except instead of creating `/usr/local/bin/gitea`
we create a new shell for the git user. As an administrative user on the host run:
Be careful here - if you try to login as the git user in future you will ssh directly to the docker.
Here is a detailed explanation what is happening when a SSH request is made:
1. The client adds their SSH public key to Gitea using the webpage.
2. Gitea in the container will add an entry for this key to the `.ssh/authorized_keys` file of its running user, `git`.
- However, because `/home/git/.ssh/` on the host is mounted as `/data/git/.ssh` this means that the key has been added to the host `git` user's `authorized_keys` file too.
3. This entry has the public key, but also has a `command=` option.
- This command matches the location of the Gitea binary on the container.
4. The client then makes an SSH request to the host SSH server using the `git` user, e.g. `git clone git@domain:user/repo.git`.
5. The client will attempt to authenticate with the server, passing one or more public keys in turn to the host.
6. For each key the client provides, the host SSH server will first check its configuration for an `AuthorizedKeysCommand` to see if the public key matches, and then the host `git` user's `authorized_keys` file.
- Because `/home/git/.ssh/` on the host is mounted as `/data/git/.ssh` this means that the key they added to the Gitea web will be found
7. The first entry that matches will be selected, and assuming this is a Gitea entry, the `command=` will now be executed.
8. The host SSH server creates a user session for the `git` user, and using the shell for the host `git` user runs the `command=`
9. The shell of the host `git` user is now our `ssh-shell` which opens an SSH connection from the host to container, (which opens a shell on the container for the container `git`).
10. The container shell now runs the `command=` option meaning that the container `gitea serv` is run, taking over control of the rest of the SSH session and managing gitea authentication & authorization of the git commands.
**Notes**
SSH container passthrough using `authorized_keys` will work only if
- `opensshd` is used in the container
- if `AuthorizedKeysCommand` is _not used_ in combination with `SSH_CREATE_AUTHORIZED_KEYS_FILE=false` to disable authorized files key generation
- `LOCAL_ROOT_URL` is not changed (depending on the changes)
If you try to login as the `git` user on the host in future you will ssh directly to the docker.
Never add the `Gitea Host Key` as a SSH key to a user on the Gitea interface.
### Docker Shell (with authorized_keys)
Similar to the above ssh shell technique we can use a shell which simply uses `docker exec`. As an administrative user on the host run:
```bash
cat <<"EOF" | sudo tee /home/git/docker-shell
#!/bin/sh
/usr/bin/docker exec -i -u git --env SSH_ORIGINAL_COMMAND="$SSH_ORIGINAL_COMMAND" gitea sh "$@"
EOF
sudo chmod +x /home/git/docker-shell
sudo usermod -s /home/git/docker-shell git
```
Here is a detailed explanation what is happening when a SSH request is made:
1. The client adds their SSH public key to Gitea using the webpage.
2. Gitea in the container will add an entry for this key to the `.ssh/authorized_keys` file of its running user, `git`.
- However, because `/home/git/.ssh/` on the host is mounted as `/data/git/.ssh` this means that the key has been added to the host `git` user's `authorized_keys` file too.
3. This entry has the public key, but also has a `command=` option.
- This command matches the location of the Gitea binary on the container.
4. The client then makes an SSH request to the host SSH server using the `git` user, e.g. `git clone git@domain:user/repo.git`.
5. The client will attempt to authenticate with the server, passing one or more public keys in turn to the host.
6. For each key the client provides, the host SSH server will first check its configuration for an `AuthorizedKeysCommand` to see if the public key matches, and then the host `git` user's `authorized_keys` file.
- Because `/home/git/.ssh/` on the host is mounted as `/data/git/.ssh` this means that the key they added to the Gitea web will be found
7. The first entry that matches will be selected, and assuming this is a Gitea entry, the `command=` will now be executed.
8. The host SSH server creates a user session for the `git` user, and using the shell for the host `git` user runs the `command=`
9. The shell of the host `git` user is now our `docker-shell` which uses `docker exec` to open a shell for the `git` user on the container.
10. The container shell now runs the `command=` option meaning that the container `gitea serv` is run, taking over control of the rest of the SSH session and managing gitea authentication & authorization of the git commands.
Note that `gitea` in the docker command above is the name of the container. If you named yours differently, don't forget to change that. The host `git` user also has to have
permission to run `docker exec`.
**Notes**
Docker shell passthrough using `authorized_keys` will work only if
- `opensshd` is used in the container
- if `AuthorizedKeysCommand` is _not used_ in combination with `SSH_CREATE_AUTHORIZED_KEYS_FILE=false` to disable authorized files key generation
- `LOCAL_ROOT_URL` is not changed (depending on the changes)
If you try to login as the `git` user on the host in future you will `docker exec` directly to the docker.
A Docker execing shim could be created similarly to above.
### Docker Shell with AuthorizedKeysCommand
The AuthorizedKeysCommand route provides another option that does not require many changes to the compose file or the `authorized_keys` - but does require changes to the host `/etc/sshd_config`.
In this option, the idea is that the host SSH uses an `AuthorizedKeysCommand` instead of relying on sharing the `authorized_keys` file that gitea creates. We continue to use a special shell at step 8 above to exec into the docker and then run the shell there. This means that the `gitea` that is then run is the real docker `gitea`.
- On the host create a `git` user with permission to run `docker exec`.
- We will again assume that the Gitea container is called `gitea`.
- Modify the `git` user's shell to forward commands to the `sh` executable inside the container using `docker exec`. As an administrative user on the host run:
```bash
cat <<"EOF" | sudo tee /home/git/docker-shell
#!/bin/sh
/usr/bin/docker exec -i -u git --env SSH_ORIGINAL_COMMAND="$SSH_ORIGINAL_COMMAND" gitea sh "$@"
EOF
sudo chmod +x /home/git/docker-shell
sudo usermod -s /home/git/docker-shell git
```
Now all attempts to login as the `git` user on the host will be forwarded to the docker - including the `SSH_ORIGINAL_COMMAND`. We now need to set-up SSH authentication on the host.
We will do this by leveraging the [SSH AuthorizedKeysCommand](../administration/command-line.md#keys) to match the keys against those accepted by Gitea.
Add the following block to `/etc/ssh/sshd_config`, on the host:
(From 1.16.0 you will not need to set the `-c /data/gitea/conf/app.ini` option.)
Finally restart the SSH server. As an administrative user on the host run:
```bash
sudo systemctl restart sshd
```
Here is a detailed explanation what is happening when a SSH request is made:
1. The client adds their SSH public key to Gitea using the webpage.
2. Gitea in the container will add an entry for this key to its database.
3. The client then makes an SSH request to the host SSH server using the `git` user, e.g. `git clone git@domain:user/repo.git`.
4. The client will attempt to authenticate with the server, passing one or more public keys in turn to the host.
5. For each key the client provides, the host SSH server will checks its configuration for an `AuthorizedKeysCommand`.
6. The host runs the above `AuthorizedKeysCommand`, which execs in to the docker and then runs the `gitea keys` command.
7. Gitea on the docker will look in it's database to see if the public key matches and will return an entry like that of an `authorized_keys` command.
8. This entry has the public key, but also has a `command=` option which matches the location of the Gitea binary on the container.
9. The host SSH server creates a user session for the `git` user, and using the shell for the host `git` user runs the `command=`.
10. The shell of the host `git` user is now our `docker-shell` which uses `docker exec` to open a shell for the `git` user on the container.
11. The container shell now runs the `command=` option meaning that the container `gitea serv` is run, taking over control of the rest of the SSH session and managing gitea authentication & authorization of the git commands.
**Notes**
Docker shell passthrough using `AuthorizedKeysCommand` will work only if
- The host `git` user is allowed to run the `docker exec` command.
If you try to login as the `git` user on the host in future you will `docker exec` directly to the docker.
A Docker execing shim could be created similarly to above.
### SSH Shell with AuthorizedKeysCommand
Create a key for the host `git` user as above, add it to the docker `/data/git/.ssh/authorized_keys` then finally create and set the `ssh-shell` as above.
Add the following block to `/etc/ssh/sshd_config`, on the host:
(From 1.16.0 you will not need to set the `-c /data/gitea/conf/app.ini` option.)
Finally restart the SSH server. As an administrative user on the host run:
```bash
sudo systemctl restart sshd
```
Here is a detailed explanation what is happening when a SSH request is made:
1. The client adds their SSH public key to Gitea using the webpage.
2. Gitea in the container will add an entry for this key to its database.
3. The client then makes an SSH request to the host SSH server using the `git` user, e.g. `git clone git@domain:user/repo.git`.
4. The client will attempt to authenticate with the server, passing one or more public keys in turn to the host.
5. For each key the client provides, the host SSH server will checks its configuration for an `AuthorizedKeysCommand`.
6. The host runs the above `AuthorizedKeysCommand`, which will SSH in to the docker and then run the `gitea keys` command.
7. Gitea on the docker will look in it's database to see if the public key matches and will return an entry like that of an `authorized_keys` command.
8. This entry has the public key, but also has a `command=` option which matches the location of the Gitea binary on the container.
9. The host SSH server creates a user session for the `git` user, and using the shell for the host `git` user runs the `command=`.
10. The shell of the host `git` user is now our `git-shell` which uses SSH to open a shell for the `git` user on the container.
11. The container shell now runs the `command=` option meaning that the container `gitea serv` is run, taking over control of the rest of the SSH session and managing gitea authentication & authorization of the git commands.
**Notes**
SSH container passthrough using `AuthorizedKeysCommand` will work only if
- `opensshd` is running on the container
If you try to login as the `git` user on the host in future you will `ssh` directly to the docker.
Never add the `Gitea Host Key` as a SSH key to a user on the Gitea interface.
SSHing shims could be created similarly to above.
### SSH with multiple IP addresses
This assumes that the host machine has more than one reachable IP address: `192.168.1.1` (host) `192.168.1.2` (gitea)
On the host machine, configure SSHD in `/etc/ssh/sshd_config` to listen on one IP address `ListenAddress 192.168.1.1`. In the compose file the SSH port forwarding then needs to be changed to `"192.168.1.2:22:22"`. The port forwarding needs to be adjusted similarily for all other forwarded ports to avoid problems with DNS.
Protected branches prevent unwanted changes by enforcing push and merge policies on selected branches. The rules are enforced for every Git protocol (HTTP(S), SSH), the web editor, the API, and background jobs such as auto-merge. Only repository owners and administrators can manage the rules, and the Branches page is read-only while a repository is archived.
## Creating or editing a rule
1. Open the repository and select **Settings → Branches** (repository admin permission required).
2. Select **Add new rule** or **Edit** next to an existing rule.
3. Fill in the **Protected branch name pattern** and optional file patterns, then configure the push, merge, and review options described below.
4. Select **Save rule**.
The rule immediately applies to all matching branches, even if the branches are created in the future.
## Rule matching and priorities
- The **Protected branch name pattern** accepts [glob](https://github.com/gobwas/glob) expressions and matches the entire branch name. Patterns are case-sensitive. Using a simple name such as `main` without glob special characters always matches that specific branch (case-insensitive).
- If multiple rules match the same branch, only the first rule is used. Reorder the list on the **Branches** page by dragging the grab handle. The first entry (priority 1) has the highest priority, so place patterns such as `main` or `release/*` before generic fallbacks such as `*`.
| `hotfix/**` | Nested branches such as `hotfix/security/CVE` |
| `*` | Every branch (use as a fallback) |
### File-level pattern controls
- **Protected file patterns** block changes to sensitive files (for example `.drone.yml` or `/docs/**/*.txt`). Patterns are case-insensitive and separated by semicolons. Commits and merge attempts that touch one of the files are rejected.
- **Unprotected file patterns** do the opposite: if pushes are blocked, users with write access can still push commits that modify only the listed files. This is useful for letting contributors update documentation while still requiring pull requests for code.
Both fields use the same `glob` syntax and match paths relative to the repository root.
## Controlling direct pushes
The **Push** section controls direct pushes (including the web editor and API).
- **Disable push** makes the branch read-only. Any attempt to push directly fails, and changes must be merged through pull requests.
- **Enable push** allows anyone with [write access](./permissions.md) to push (force pushes are still blocked unless explicitly allowed).
- **Allowlist restricted push** requires being on the allowlist. Choose users and, for organization-owned repositories, teams. Deploy keys that already have write access can also be allowlisted.
When a push is blocked, the server-side hook rejects the update with an explanation.
### Force pushes
Force pushes have their own set of options:
- **Disable force push** completely forbids rewriting history on the branch.
- **Enable force push** allows anyone who can push to also force push.
- **Allowlist restricted force push** limits force pushes to a separate allowlist (users, teams, and optionally deploy keys) **and** requires the person to already have regular push access.
## Pull request merges and approvals
- **Merge allowlist**: keep the default to let anyone with write access merge pull requests, or enable the allowlist to restrict merges to selected users/teams.
- **Required approvals**: specify how many approvals are needed before a merge is allowed. Reviews from users with write access count, unless the **Restrict approvals to allowlisted users or teams** option is enabled.
- **Dismiss stale approvals** removes existing approvals whenever new commits that change the pull request content are pushed.
- **Ignore stale approvals** keeps approvals but does not count reviews that were made on older commits. This option is disabled while dismissal of stale approvals is enabled.
- **Block merge on rejected reviews** prevents merging while any official reviewer has requested changes.
- **Block merge on official review requests** blocks merges while there are outstanding review requests (for example when CODEOWNERS requires a review).
- **Block merge if the pull request is outdated** makes sure the head branch is up to date with the base branch before it can be merged.
- **Administrators must follow branch protection rules** removes the ability for repository administrators to bypass the rules with the "Force merge" button.
Protected file patterns apply to pull requests as well. When a pull request changes one of the protected files, the pull request banner shows the affected paths and merging stays disabled.
## Status checks
Enable status checks to require one or more CI jobs to succeed before merging:
1. Check **Enable status check**.
2. Enter one pattern per line in **Status check patterns**. Each pattern is a `glob` expression that matches the context name reported by Actions, Drone, Woodpecker, or another Check API client (for example `actions/test-*`).
3. Pick contexts from the table of jobs that have reported results in the last week to verify their names.
When the option is active, Gitea requires at least one context that matches each pattern to report success on the pull request head commit. An empty list is not allowed; use `*` to require the latest commit to be successful regardless of the context name.
## Signed commits and other safeguards
- **Require signed commits** rejects pushes that contain unsigned or unverifiable commits. The check runs inside the server hook before the push is accepted.
- **Protected file patterns** (see above) prevent both pushes and merges that modify sensitive files.
- **Unprotected file patterns** allow limited pushes while keeping the branch protected.
@@ -26,38 +26,6 @@ Github Actions doesn't support that. https://docs.github.com/en/actions/using-wo
## Unsupported workflows syntax
### `concurrency`
It's used to run a single job at a time.
See [Using concurrency](https://docs.github.com/en/actions/using-jobs/using-concurrency).
It's ignored by Gitea Actions now.
### `run-name`
The name for workflow runs generated from the workflow.
See [Workflow syntax for GitHub Actions](https://docs.github.com/en/actions/using-workflows/workflow-syntax-for-github-actions#run-name).
It's ignored by Gitea Actions now.
### `permissions` and `jobs.<job_id>.permissions`
See [Workflow syntax for GitHub Actions](https://docs.github.com/en/actions/using-workflows/workflow-syntax-for-github-actions#permissions).
It's ignored by Gitea Actions now.
### `jobs.<job_id>.timeout-minutes`
See [Workflow syntax for GitHub Actions](https://docs.github.com/en/actions/using-workflows/workflow-syntax-for-github-actions#jobsjob_idtimeout-minutes).
It's ignored by Gitea Actions now.
### `jobs.<job_id>.continue-on-error`
See [Workflow syntax for GitHub Actions](https://docs.github.com/en/actions/using-workflows/workflow-syntax-for-github-actions#jobsjob_idcontinue-on-error).
It's ignored by Gitea Actions now.
### `jobs.<job_id>.environment`
See [Workflow syntax for GitHub Actions](https://docs.github.com/en/actions/using-workflows/workflow-syntax-for-github-actions#jobsjob_idenvironment).
@@ -68,7 +36,12 @@ It's ignored by Gitea Actions now.
See [Workflow syntax for GitHub Actions](https://docs.github.com/en/actions/using-workflows/workflow-syntax-for-github-actions#jobsjob_idruns-on).
Gitea Actions only supports`runs-on: xyz` or `runs-on: [xyz]` now.
Gitea Actions supports:
- Static strings: `runs-on: self-hosted`
- Arrays of labels: `runs-on: [linux, self-hosted]`
@@ -93,7 +66,7 @@ It's ignored by Gitea Actions now.
### Expressions
For [expressions](https://docs.github.com/en/actions/learn-github-actions/expressions), only [`always()`](https://docs.github.com/en/actions/learn-github-actions/expressions#always) is supported.
For [expressions](https://docs.github.com/en/actions/learn-github-actions/expressions), Gitea Actions supports standard GitHub functions (e.g. `success()`, `failure()`, `always()`, `cancelled()`, `format()`, `toJSON()`) and context variables (like `github`, `matrix`, `vars`, `env`).
## Missing UI features
@@ -107,6 +80,15 @@ Services steps don't have their own section in the job log user interface.
## Different behavior
### Job token permissions (`permissions`)
Gitea supports `permissions` and `jobs.<job_id>.permissions` to control the default `GITEA_TOKEN` permissions.
The effective permissions are clamped by the repository/owner settings and are further restricted for fork pull requests and cross-repository access.
GitHub-only scopes such as `statuses`, `checks`, `deployments`, `id-token`, `security-events`, and `pages` are not supported, while Gitea-specific scopes such as `code`, `releases`, `wiki`, and `projects` are available.
See [Actions job token permissions](token-permissions.md).
### Downloading actions
Previously (Pre 1.21.0), `[actions].DEFAULT_ACTIONS_URL` defaulted to `https://gitea.com`.
Gitea Actions has multiple components. This document describes them individually.
## Act
## Gitea Runner
The [nektos/act](https://github.com/nektos/act) project is an excellent tool that allows you to run your GitHub Actions locally.
We were inspired by this and wondered if it would be possible to run actions for Gitea.
However, while [nektos/act](https://github.com/nektos/act) is designed as a command line tool, what we actually needed was a Go library with modifications specifically for Gitea.
So we forked it as [gitea/act](https://gitea.com/gitea/act).
This is a soft fork that will periodically follow the upstream.
Although some custom commits have been added, we will try our best to avoid changing too much of the original code.
The forked act is just a shim or adapter for Gitea's specific usage.
There are some additional commits that have been made, such as:
- Outputting execution logs to logger hook so they can be reported to Gitea
- Disabling the GraphQL URL, since Gitea doesn't support it
- Starting a new container for every job instead of reusing to ensure isolation.
These modifications have no reason to be merged into the upstream.
They don't make sense if the user just wants to run trusted actions locally.
However, there may be overlaps in the future, such as a required bug fix or new feature needed by both projects.
In these cases, we will contribute the changes back to the upstream repository.
## Act runner
Gitea's runner is called act runner because it's based on act.
Gitea Runner is based on a hard fork of [nektos/act](https://github.com/nektos/act).
Like other CI runners, we designed it as an external part of Gitea, which means it should run on a different server than Gitea.
@@ -47,7 +23,7 @@ That's why when you add custom labels during registration, you will need to inpu
This means that the runner can take the job which needs to run on `my_custom_label`, and it will run it via a docker container with the image `centos:7`.
Docker isn't the only option, though.
The act also supports running jobs directly on the host.
The runner also supports running jobs directly on the host.
This is achieved through labels like `linux_arm:host`.
This label indicates that the runner can take a job that needs to run on `linux_arm` and run it directly on the host.
@@ -62,7 +38,7 @@ So,
## Communication protocol
As act runner is an independent part of Gitea, we needed a protocol for runners to communicate with the Gitea instance.
As the runner is an independent part of Gitea, we needed a protocol for runners to communicate with the Gitea instance.
However, we did not think it was a good idea to have Gitea listen on a new port.
Instead, we wanted to reuse the HTTP port, which means we needed a protocol that is compatible with HTTP.
We chose to use gRPC over HTTP.
@@ -79,9 +55,9 @@ This will help you troubleshoot some problems and explain why it's a bad idea to
There are four network connections marked in the picture, and the direction of the arrows indicates the direction of establishing the connections.
### Connection 1, act runner to Gitea instance
### Connection 1, runner to Gitea instance
The act runner must be able to connect to Gitea to receive tasks and send back the execution results.
The runner must be able to connect to Gitea to receive tasks and send back the execution results.
### Connection 2, job containers to Gitea instance
@@ -92,9 +68,9 @@ Fetching code is not always necessary to run some jobs, but it is required in mo
If you use a loopback address to register a runner, the runner can connect to Gitea when it is on the same machine.
However, if a job container tries to fetch code from localhost, it will fail because Gitea is not in the same container.
### Connection 3, act runner to internet
### Connection 3, runner to internet
When you use some actions like `actions/checkout@v4`, the act runner downloads the scripts, not the job containers.
When you use some actions like `actions/checkout@v4`, the runner downloads the scripts, not the job containers.
By default, it downloads from [github.com](http://github.com/), so it requires access to the internet. If you configure the `DEFAULT_ACTIONS_URL` to `self`, then it will download from your Gitea instance by default. Then it will not connect to internet when downloading the action itself.
It also downloads some docker images from Docker Hub by default, which also requires internet access.
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ If you want to give more permissions to the runner, allowing it to access more p
Refined permission control to Actions is a complicated job.
In the future, we will add more options to Gitea to make it more configurable, such as allowing more write access to repositories or read access to all repositories in the same organization.
## Which operating systems are supported by act runner?
## Which operating systems are supported by Gitea Runner?
We released official binaries for Linux, macOS, and Windows.
While other operating systems are theoretically supported if it is supported by golang and docker(docker mode enabled).
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ It is exciting to be able to reuse them.
This is valid syntax.
It means that it should run on runners that have both the `label_a`**and**`label_b` labels, see [Workflow syntax for GitHub Actions](https://docs.github.com/en/actions/using-workflows/workflow-syntax-for-github-actions#jobsjob_idruns-on).
Unfortunately, act runner does not work this way until v0.2.11.
Unfortunately, the runner does not work this way until v0.2.11.
As mentioned, we map labels to environments:
- `ubuntu` → `ubuntu:22.04`
@@ -117,9 +117,9 @@ We also need to re-design how tasks are assigned to runners.
A runner with `ubuntu`, `centos`, or `with-gpu` does not necessarily indicate that it can accept jobs with `[centos, with-gpu]`.
Therefore, the runner should inform the Gitea instance that it can only accept jobs with `[ubuntu]`, `[centos]`, `[with-gpu]`, and `[ubuntu, with-gpu]`.
This is not a technical problem, it was just overlooked in the early design.
See [runtime.go#L65](https://gitea.com/gitea/act_runner/src/commit/90b8cc6a7a48f45cc28b5ef9660ebf4061fcb336/runtime/runtime.go#L65).
See [runtime.go#L65](https://gitea.com/gitea/runner/src/commit/90b8cc6a7a48f45cc28b5ef9660ebf4061fcb336/runtime/runtime.go#L65).
Currently, the act runner attempts to match everyone in the labels and uses the first match it finds.
Currently, the runner attempts to match everyone in the labels and uses the first match it finds.
## What is the difference between agent labels and custom labels for a runner?
@@ -132,37 +132,48 @@ However, the design here needs improvement, as it currently has some rough edges
You can add a custom label such as `centos` to a registered runner, which means the runner will receive jobs with `runs-on: centos`.
However, the runner may not know which environment to use for this label, resulting in it using a default image or leading to a logical dead end.
This default may not match user expectations.
See [runtime.go#L71](https://gitea.com/gitea/act_runner/src/commit/90b8cc6a7a48f45cc28b5ef9660ebf4061fcb336/runtime/runtime.go#L71).
See [runtime.go#L71](https://gitea.com/gitea/runner/src/commit/90b8cc6a7a48f45cc28b5ef9660ebf4061fcb336/runtime/runtime.go#L71).
In the meantime, we suggest that you re-register your runner if you want to change its labels.
## Will there be more implementations for Gitea Actions runner?
Although we would like to provide more options, our limited manpower means that act runner will be the only officially supported runner at the moment.
Although we would like to provide more options, our limited manpower means that Gitea Runner will be the only officially supported runner at the moment.
However, both Gitea and act runner are completely open source under MIT License, so anyone can modify the code to satisfy their requirements.
However, both Gitea and Gitea Runner are completely open source under MIT License, so anyone can modify the code to satisfy their requirements.
In case you fork act runner to create your own version: Please contribute the changes back if you can and if you think your changes will help others as well.
In case you fork Gitea Runner to create your own version: Please contribute the changes back if you can and if you think your changes will help others as well.
## What workflow trigger events does Gitea support?
All events listed in this table are supported events and are compatible with GitHub.
For events supported only by GitHub, see GitHub's [documentation](https://docs.github.com/en/actions/using-workflows/events-that-trigger-workflows).
> Without an explicit `types:` filter, `pull_request` and `pull_request_target` only run on `opened`, `reopened` and `synchronize`, matching GitHub. All other events run on every activity type they support.
> For `pull_request` events, in [GitHub Actions](https://docs.github.com/en/actions/using-workflows/events-that-trigger-workflows#pull_request), the `ref` is `refs/pull/:prNumber/merge`, which is a reference to the merge commit preview. However, Gitea has no such reference.
> Therefore, the `ref` in Gitea Actions is `refs/pull/:prNumber/head`, which points to the head of pull request rather than the preview of the merge commit.
## How to share actions and reusable workflows from private repositories?
Go to the repository's **Settings** > **Actions** > **General** page and add collaborative owners.
The private repositories of collaborative owners are allowed to access the actions and workflows in the current repository.
@@ -25,10 +25,10 @@ If you want to learn more or encounter any problems while configuring it, please
### Set up runner
Gitea Actions requires [act runner](https://gitea.com/gitea/act_runner) to run the jobs.
Gitea Actions requires [Gitea Runner](https://gitea.com/gitea/runner) to run the jobs.
In order to avoid consuming too many resources and affecting the Gitea instance, it is recommended to start runners on separate machines from the Gitea instance.
You can use the [pre-built binaries](http://dl.gitea.com/act_runner) or the [docker images](https://hub.docker.com/r/gitea/act_runner/tags) to set up the runner.
You can use the [pre-built binaries](http://dl.gitea.com/gitea-runner) or the [docker images](https://hub.docker.com/r/gitea/runner/tags) to set up the runner.
Before proceeding any further, we suggest running it as a command line with pre-built binaries to ensure that it works with your environment, especially if you are running a runner on your localhost.
And it could be easier to debug if something goes wrong.
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ However, it is recommended to use Docker to run the jobs, because it is more sec
Before running a runner, you should first register it to your Gitea instance using the following command:
This page will introduce the [Gitea Runner](https://gitea.com/gitea/runner), which is the runner for Gitea Actions.
:::tip
For detailed installation, configuration, and usage instructions, see the [Gitea Runner documentation](/runner/).
:::
## Obtain a registration token
You can register a runner at different levels. It can be:
- Instance level: The runner will run jobs for all repositories in the instance.
- Organization level: The runner will run jobs for all repositories in the organization.
- Repository level: The runner will run jobs for the repository it belongs to.
Note that the repository may still use instance-level or organization-level runners even if it has its own repository-level runners. A future release may provide an option to allow more control over this.
Before registering the runner and running it, you need a registration token. The level of the runner determines where to obtain the registration token.
- Instance level: The admin settings page, like `<your_gitea.com>/-/admin/actions/runners`.
- Organization level: The organization settings page, like `<your_gitea.com>/<org>/settings/actions/runners`.
- Repository level: The repository settings page, like `<your_gitea.com>/<owner>/<repo>/settings/actions/runners`.
If you cannot see the settings page, please make sure that you have the right permissions and that Actions have been enabled.
The format of the registration token is a random string `D0gvfu2iHfUjNqCYVljVyRV14fISpJxxxxxxxxxx`.
A registration token can also be obtained from the Gitea [command-line interface](../../administration/command-line.md#actions-generate-runner-token):
You can also use `GITEA_RUNNER_REGISTRATION_TOKEN`/`GITEA_RUNNER_REGISTRATION_TOKEN_FILE` environment variables to set a global runner registration token when Gitea starts, for example:
Scoped workflows let you maintain Actions workflows in one central **source** repository and have them run automatically on many other repositories, without copying the workflow files into each one.
A workflow file committed under a source repository's scoped-workflow directory runs on every repository that the source applies to (a "consuming" repository). Each run executes **in the consuming repository's own context**: its runners, secrets, `GITEA_TOKEN`, and branch, while the workflow **content is read from the source repository**. This is useful for mandating shared CI across an organization or instance: linting, security scans, compliance or policy checks, and similar.
## Levels
A source repository can be registered at two levels:
- **Owner level**: registered by an organization or user. The source's workflows run on every repository owned by that organization or user.
- **Instance level**: registered by a site administrator. The source's workflows run on **every** repository on the instance.
The same repository may be registered at both levels; it is still evaluated once per matching event.
:::note
Instance-level sources apply to **every** repository on the instance, and a required one cannot be opted out. Detection runs on every repository's events. Register them deliberately.
:::
## Configuration
Scoped workflows live in a directory that is separate from regular workflows. It is controlled by `SCOPED_WORKFLOW_DIRS` in the `[actions]` section of `app.ini`:
```ini
[actions]
SCOPED_WORKFLOW_DIRS = .gitea/scoped_workflows
```
- The default is `.gitea/scoped_workflows`.
- It may list multiple directories (comma-separated).
- It **must not overlap** with `WORKFLOW_DIRS` (the regular workflow directories, by default `.gitea/workflows` and `.github/workflows`).
- Leaving it empty means no directory holds scoped workflows, so none are found or run. The settings page still appears and sources can still be registered, but no scoped workflow runs.
Keeping scoped workflows in their own directory means a source repository's *own* Actions are unaffected: only files under `SCOPED_WORKFLOW_DIRS` are treated as scoped workflows.
## Providing scoped workflows from a repository
1. In the would-be source repository, commit your workflow files under the scoped-workflow directory on its **default branch**, for example `.gitea/scoped_workflows/lint.yaml`:
Search for and add the repository. From then on, its scoped workflows apply to the consuming repositories at that level.
The source repository is within its own scope, so it runs these workflows on itself like any other consumer.
## How scoped workflows run
- The run belongs to the **consuming** repository and uses its runners, secrets, `GITEA_TOKEN`, and ref. It behaves like a normal run there, including rerun, logs, and commit statuses.
- The workflow **content is read from the source** repository, pinned to the source's default-branch commit at the time of the event.
- Detection uses the consuming repository's event, so the workflow's `on:` triggers (such as `push` and `pull_request`) must match that event.
## Opting out
A consuming repository can disable a scoped workflow it does not want, from its **Actions** page (the workflow appears under its source). A workflow that has been marked **required** (see below) can never be disabled or opted out by a consuming repository.
## Required workflows and the merge gate
On the Scoped Workflows settings page you can mark individual workflows as **required** and give each one or more **status-check patterns** (one glob per line). A required scoped workflow:
- Cannot be disabled by consuming repositories.
- Gates pull-request merges: a consuming pull request can only be merged once a commit status matching **every** pattern has **passed** (must-present-and-pass). A required check that never posts a status **blocks** the merge rather than being silently skipped, so disabling Actions on the consumer cannot bypass it.
The status-check context a scoped run posts has the form:
```
<source repo full name>: <workflow display name> / <job> (<event>)
```
The settings page previews these "Expected status checks" for each workflow and marks the ones your patterns match, so you can confirm a pattern is correct. A common pattern wildcards the job and event, for example `my-org/ci-repo: Lint / *`.
Enforcement scope:
- A required check is enforced on any target branch that has a **branch protection rule**, even one whose own status checks are disabled.
- A target branch with **no** protection rule is not gated.
:::warning
Only a workflow that runs on an event that posts a commit status (`push`, `pull_request`, `pull_request_target`, `release`) can be required. A workflow that runs only on events like `workflow_dispatch`, `schedule` or `workflow_call` posts no status, so marking it required would block every consuming pull request forever. The settings page warns you in this case.
:::
## Reusable workflows (`uses:`)
Scoped workflows can call reusable workflows:
- A **local** reference (`uses: ./...`) resolves against the **source** repository: the repository the calling workflow's content came from, not the consuming repository.
- A **cross-repository** reference (`uses: owner/repo/...@ref`) is resolved with the **consuming repository's** read permission. If it points to a private repository, make sure every consuming repository can read it; otherwise the workflow will fail there.
A reusable workflow can live under `SCOPED_WORKFLOW_DIRS` (or `WORKFLOW_DIRS`) of the source repository.
## Security considerations
A source repository's workflow content is executed in every repository it applies to, and its step scripts and their output are written to that repository's Actions logs, readable by anyone who can view the consuming repository's Actions.
- Registering a **private** repository as a source therefore discloses its workflow logic through those logs. Only register repositories whose workflow content may be shared with every consuming repository.
## Limitations
- `on: schedule` and `on: workflow_run` are currently not supported as scoped workflow triggers.
- Scoped workflow content is read from the source's default branch; other branches of the source are not used.
Every Actions job receives a built-in token (`GITEA_TOKEN`) which can be used to access Gitea (Git over HTTP(S), API requests, etc.).
This page documents how Gitea decides what the token is allowed to do.
In workflows, it is available as `${{ secrets.GITEA_TOKEN }}`. These settings and `permissions:` only affect `GITEA_TOKEN` (not other secrets like personal access tokens). For API calls, see [API authentication](../../development/api-usage.md#authentication).
## Where permissions come from
Gitea determines the job token permissions in this order:
3. Default permissions from settings (owner or repository)
The result is then **clamped** by the configured maximum token permissions (see below).
## Supported workflow syntax
Gitea supports the GitHub Actions-compatible `permissions:` keyword.
### Scalar values
```yaml
permissions: read-all # or: write-all
```
### Scoped mapping
```yaml
permissions:
contents: read
issues: write
pull-requests: none
```
Valid access mode values for each scope are `read`, `write`, and `none`.
### Supported scopes
- `contents` (applies to `code` and `releases`)
- `code`
- `releases`
- `issues`
- `pull-requests`
- `actions`
- `wiki`
- `projects`
- `packages` (if supported by the target feature)
If you specify both `contents` and a more granular scope (like `code` or `releases`), the granular scope wins for that unit.
### Compatibility notes
Gitea supports a subset of GitHub Actions permission scopes.
GitHub-only scopes such as `statuses`, `checks`, `deployments`, `id-token`, `security-events`, and `pages` are not currently supported by Gitea Actions.
Gitea also exposes repository-unit scopes that do not exist as separate scopes in GitHub Actions:
- `code`
- `releases`
- `wiki`
- `projects`
## Default permission mode
If neither the workflow nor the job defines `permissions:`, Gitea uses the configured default mode:
- **Permissive**: read and write permissions for most units in the job's repository (backwards-compatible default).
- **Restricted**: read-only permissions for `code`, `releases`, and `packages` in the job's repository, and no access to other units by default.
## Maximum token permissions (clamping)
You can configure a maximum permission per repository unit.
The job's effective permissions are computed as:
`effective = min(requested, maximum)`
This means workflows can reduce permissions for a job, but cannot exceed your configured maximum.
If you don't configure a maximum, the maximum defaults to `write` for all scopes.
- For repositories in an organization, the repository can follow the owner-level configuration, or opt out with **Override owner-level configuration**.
Note: Repository-level token permission settings are only shown once **Repository Actions** are enabled.
## Fork pull requests
For security reasons, workflows triggered by pull requests from forks are always restricted to read-only permissions for repository contents, regardless of workflow `permissions:` or settings.
## Cross-repository access
By default, `GITEA_TOKEN` only has access to:
- The job's repository (according to the computed permissions)
- Public repositories (read-only)
Access to other private repositories is denied by default.
A user or organization can allow read-only access to selected private repositories via **Settings → Actions → General → Cross-Repository Access**.
Private repositories can also allow selected collaborative owners via **Settings → Actions → General**.
This allows the private repositories of those owners to read the current private repository for Actions use, such as private actions and reusable workflows.
Fork pull request workflows never gain cross-repository access to private repositories, even if those repositories are listed.
These environment variables are set automatically in every workflow run and can be accessed directly (e.g. `$CI` in shell scripts).
| Name | Description | Example |
|---|---|---|
| `CI` | Always set to `true`. | `true` |
| `GITEA_ACTIONS` | Always set to `true`. Useful to distinguish Gitea Actions from other CI systems. | `true` |
| `GITEA_ACTIONS_RUNNER_VERSION` | The version of the runner executing the workflow. | `1.0.8` |
| `GITEA_DOCKER_WORKSPACE` | The workspace path as the Docker daemon sees it, for bind mounts into containers a job starts, e.g. `${GITEA_DOCKER_WORKSPACE:-.}/data:/app/data` in a compose file. Only set for jobs running in a container. | `/var/lib/docker/volumes/GITEA-ACTIONS-TASK-42_***/_data` |
| `GITEA_ENV`<br/>`GITHUB_ENV` | Path to the file that sets environment variables for subsequent steps. | `/home/runner/work/_temp/_runner_file_commands/set_env_***` |
| `GITEA_OUTPUT`<br/>`GITHUB_OUTPUT` | Path to the file that sets step output parameters. | `/home/runner/work/_temp/_runner_file_commands/set_output_***` |
| `GITEA_PATH`<br/>`GITHUB_PATH` | Path to the file that adds system `PATH` entries for subsequent steps. | `/home/runner/work/_temp/_runner_file_commands/add_path_***` |
| `GITEA_STATE`<br/>`GITHUB_STATE` | Path to the file that sets step state variables. | `/home/runner/work/_temp/_runner_file_commands/save_state_***` |
| `GITEA_STEP_SUMMARY`<br/>`GITHUB_STEP_SUMMARY` | Path to the file for writing job summaries. | `/home/runner/work/_temp/_runner_file_commands/step_summary_***` |
| `GITHUB_ACTIONS` | Always set to `true`. | `true` |
| `GITHUB_ACTION` | The name of the action currently running, or the step `id`. | `__run` |
| `GITHUB_ACTION_PATH` | The path where the action is located. | `/home/runner/work/_actions/actions/checkout/v4` |
| `GITHUB_ACTION_REF` | The ref of the action being executed. | `v4` |
| `GITHUB_ACTION_REPOSITORY` | The owner and repository of the action. | `actions/checkout` |
| `GITHUB_ACTOR` | The username of the user that triggered the workflow. | `silverwind` |
| `GITHUB_API_URL` | The URL of the REST API. | `https://gitea.com/api/v1` |
| `GITHUB_BASE_REF` | The target branch of a pull request. | `main` |
| `GITHUB_EVENT_NAME` | The name of the event that triggered the workflow. | `push` |
| `GITHUB_EVENT_PATH` | Path to the file containing the event webhook payload. | `/home/runner/work/_temp/_github_workflow/event.json` |
| `GITHUB_GRAPHQL_URL` | Empty in Gitea (GraphQL is not supported). | _(empty)_ |
| `GITHUB_HEAD_REF` | The source branch of a pull request. | `feature-branch` |
| `GITHUB_JOB` | The `job_id` of the current job. | `build` |
| `GITHUB_REF` | The fully-formed ref that triggered the workflow. | `refs/heads/main` |
| `GITHUB_REF_NAME` | The short ref name. | `main` |
| `GITHUB_REF_TYPE` | The type of ref: `branch` or `tag`. | `branch` |
| `GITHUB_REPOSITORY` | The owner and repository name. | `gitea/docs` |
| `GITHUB_REPOSITORY_OWNER` | The repository owner's username. | `gitea` |
| `GITHUB_RETENTION_DAYS` | The number of days that workflow run logs and artifacts are kept. | `90` |
| `GITHUB_RUN_ATTEMPT` | The attempt number of the workflow run. | `1` |
| `GITHUB_RUN_ID` | A unique number for each workflow run. | `1234` |
| `GITHUB_RUN_NUMBER` | A unique number for each run of a particular workflow. | `42` |
| `GITHUB_SERVER_URL` | The URL of the Gitea instance. | `https://gitea.com` |
| `GITHUB_SHA` | The commit SHA that triggered the workflow. | `a1b2c3d4e5f6a1b2c3d4e5f6a1b2c3d4e5f6a1b2` |
| `GITHUB_WORKFLOW` | The name of the workflow. | `CI` |
| `GITHUB_WORKSPACE` | The default working directory on the runner. | `/workspace/gitea/docs` |
### Runner environment variables
| Name | Description | Example |
|---|---|---|
| `RUNNER_ARCH` | The architecture of the runner. | `X64` |
| `RUNNER_OS` | The operating system of the runner. | `Linux` |
| `RUNNER_TEMP` | Path to a temporary directory on the runner. | `/tmp` |
| `RUNNER_TOOL_CACHE` | Path to the tool cache directory on the runner. | `/opt/hostedtoolcache` |
### Internal environment variables
These are used internally by the runner and actions. They are typically not needed in workflows directly.
| Name | Description | Example |
|---|---|---|
| `ACTIONS_CACHE_URL` | URL for the actions cache service. | `http://192.168.1.10:8088/` |
| `ACTIONS_ID_TOKEN_REQUEST_TOKEN` | Token for OIDC requests. Only set when configured. | `***` |
| `ACTIONS_ID_TOKEN_REQUEST_URL` | URL to request OIDC tokens. Only set when configured. | `https://gitea.com/login/oauth/access_token` |
| `ACTIONS_RESULTS_URL` | URL for storing artifacts. | `https://gitea.com` |
| `ACTIONS_RUNTIME_TOKEN` | Authentication token for the Actions pipeline API. | `***` |
| `ACTIONS_RUNTIME_URL` | URL for the Gitea Actions pipeline API. | `https://gitea.com/api/actions_pipeline/` |
## Context variables
These variables are available in workflow expressions via `${{ gitea.<name> }}`. For compatibility, `${{ github.<name> }}` works as an alias.
| Name | Description | Example |
|---|---|---|
| `gitea.action`<br/>`github.action` | The name of the action currently running, or the `id` of a step. | `__run` |
| `gitea.action_path`<br/>`github.action_path` | The path where an action is located. Only supported in composite actions. | `/home/runner/work/_actions/actions/checkout/v4` |
| `gitea.action_ref`<br/>`github.action_ref` | The ref of the action being executed. | `v4` |
| `gitea.action_repository`<br/>`github.action_repository` | The owner and repository name of the action. | `actions/checkout` |
| `gitea.action_status`<br/>`github.action_status` | The current result of a composite action. | `success` |
| `gitea.actor`<br/>`github.actor` | The username of the user that triggered the initial workflow run. | `silverwind` |
| `gitea.api_url`<br/>`github.api_url` | The URL of the REST API. | `https://gitea.com/api/v1` |
| `gitea.base_ref`<br/>`github.base_ref` | The target branch of a pull request. Only set for `pull_request` and `pull_request_target` events. | `main` |
| `gitea.env`<br/>`github.env` | Path on the runner to the file that sets environment variables from workflow commands. Unique to each step. | `/home/runner/work/_temp/_runner_file_commands/set_env_***` |
| `gitea.event`<br/>`github.event` | The full event webhook payload as an object. See [Event payload](#event-payload). | `{...}` |
| `gitea.event_name`<br/>`github.event_name` | The name of the event that triggered the workflow run. | `push` |
| `gitea.event_path`<br/>`github.event_path` | Path on the runner to the file containing the full event webhook payload. | `/home/runner/work/_temp/_github_workflow/event.json` |
| `gitea.head_ref`<br/>`github.head_ref` | The source branch of a pull request. Only set for `pull_request` and `pull_request_target` events. | `feature-branch` |
| `gitea.job`<br/>`github.job` | The `job_id` of the current job. | `build` |
| `gitea.ref`<br/>`github.ref` | The fully-formed ref that triggered the workflow. | `refs/heads/main` |
| `gitea.ref_name`<br/>`github.ref_name` | The short ref name. | `main` |
| `gitea.ref_protected`<br/>`github.ref_protected` | `true` if branch protections are configured for the ref that triggered the workflow run. | `true` |
| `gitea.ref_type`<br/>`github.ref_type` | The type of ref: `branch` or `tag`. | `branch` |
| `gitea.path`<br/>`github.path` | Path on the runner to the file that sets system `PATH` variables from workflow commands. Unique to each step. | `/home/runner/work/_temp/_runner_file_commands/add_path_***` |
| `gitea.repository`<br/>`github.repository` | The owner and repository name. | `gitea/docs` |
| `gitea.repository_owner`<br/>`github.repository_owner` | The repository owner's username. | `gitea` |
| `gitea.repositoryUrl`<br/>`github.repositoryUrl` | The HTML URL to the repository. | `https://gitea.com/gitea/docs` |
| `gitea.retention_days`<br/>`github.retention_days` | The number of days that workflow run logs and artifacts are kept. | `90` |
| `gitea.run_id`<br/>`github.run_id` | A unique number for each workflow run within a repository. Does not change on re-run. | `1234` |
| `gitea.run_number`<br/>`github.run_number` | A unique number for each run of a particular workflow. Starts at 1 and increments with each new run. | `42` |
| `gitea.run_attempt`<br/>`github.run_attempt` | A unique number for each re-run attempt. Starts at 1 and increments with each re-run. | `1` |
| `gitea.secret_source`<br/>`github.secret_source` | The source of a secret used in a workflow. Always `Actions` in Gitea. | `Actions` |
| `gitea.server_url`<br/>`github.server_url` | The URL of the Gitea instance. | `https://gitea.com` |
| `gitea.sha`<br/>`github.sha` | The commit SHA that triggered the workflow. | `a1b2c3d4e5f6a1b2c3d4e5f6a1b2c3d4e5f6a1b2` |
| `gitea.token`<br/>`github.token` | A token to authenticate on behalf of the Gitea App installed on the repository. See [Token permissions](token-permissions.md). | `ghs_***` |
| `gitea.triggering_actor`<br/>`github.triggering_actor` | The username of the user that initiated the workflow run. May differ from `actor` on re-runs. | `silverwind` |
| `gitea.workflow`<br/>`github.workflow` | The name of the workflow. If unnamed, the full path of the workflow file. | `CI` |
| `gitea.workspace`<br/>`github.workspace` | The default working directory on the runner and the default location of your repository when using the `checkout` action. | `/workspace/gitea/docs` |
| `gitea.gitea_default_actions_url` | The default URL for downloading actions. Gitea-specific. | `https://github.com` |
### Event payload
`gitea.event` is the webhook payload of the event that triggered the run, so which fields exist depends on `gitea.event_name`.
The same payload is written as JSON to the file at `gitea.event_path`.
Payloads use Gitea's webhook format, which is close to GitHub's but not identical. Differences are noted below.
Reading a field that the payload does not have returns an empty value instead of failing, so `${{ gitea.event.pull_request.number }}` is empty on a `push` run.
These fields exist in almost every payload:
| Name | Description | Example |
|---|---|---|
| `gitea.event.action` | The activity type. Only set for events that have activity types, see [supported events](faq.md#what-workflow-trigger-events-does-gitea-support). | `opened` |
| `gitea.event.repository.full_name` | The owner and name of the repository. | `gitea/docs` |
| `gitea.event.repository.default_branch` | The default branch of the repository. | `main` |
| `gitea.event.repository.private` | Whether the repository is private. | `false` |
| `gitea.event.repository.html_url` | The HTML URL of the repository. | `https://gitea.com/gitea/docs` |
| `gitea.event.sender.login` | The username of the user that triggered the event. Also available as `sender.username`. | `silverwind` |
The remaining fields are specific to one or a few events:
| Name | Events | Description | Example |
|---|---|---|---|
| `gitea.event.schedule` | `schedule` | The cron expression that triggered the run. | `*/5 * * * *` |
| `gitea.event.inputs.<name>` | `workflow_dispatch`, `workflow_call` | A raw input value. Prefer `${{ inputs.<name> }}`, which also applies the input's `default`. | `true` |
| `gitea.event.workflow` | `workflow_dispatch` | The file name of the dispatched workflow. | `ci.yaml` |
| `gitea.event.ref` | `push`, `create`, `delete`, `workflow_dispatch` | The ref of the event. Unlike GitHub, `create` and `delete` use the full ref instead of the short name. | `refs/heads/main` |
| `gitea.event.ref_type` | `create`, `delete` | The type of ref: `branch` or `tag`. | `tag` |
| `gitea.event.before`<br/>`gitea.event.after` | `push` | The commit SHA before and after the push. | `a1b2c3d4e5f6a1b2c3d4e5f6a1b2c3d4e5f6a1b2` |
| `gitea.event.commits` | `push` | The commits contained in the push, each with `id`, `message`, `url`, `author`, `added`, `removed` and `modified`. | `[{...}]` |
| `gitea.event.head_commit.message` | `push` | The message of the most recent commit of the push. | `fix: broken link` |
| `gitea.event.total_commits` | `push` | The number of commits in the push. Gitea-specific. | `3` |
| `gitea.event.compare_url` | `push` | The URL comparing `before` with `after`. GitHub names this field `compare`. | `https://gitea.com/gitea/docs/compare/a1b2c3d...e5f6a1b` |
| `gitea.event.pusher.login` | `push` | The username of the user that pushed. | `silverwind` |
| `gitea.event.forkee.full_name` | `fork` | The owner and name of the new fork. | `silverwind/docs` |
| `gitea.event.page` | `gollum` | The name of the wiki page. | `Home` |
| `gitea.event.number` | `issues`, `pull_request`, `pull_request_target`, `pull_request_review`, `pull_request_review_comment` | The index of the issue or pull request. Not set for `issue_comment`, use `gitea.event.issue.number` there. | `386` |
| `gitea.event.issue.number`<br/>`gitea.event.issue.title`<br/>`gitea.event.issue.body`<br/>`gitea.event.issue.state`<br/>`gitea.event.issue.labels`<br/>`gitea.event.issue.user.login` | `issues`, `issue_comment` | The issue the event happened on. | `Expand gitea.event in actions docs` |
| `gitea.event.comment.body` | `issue_comment` | The body of the comment. | `LGTM` |
| `gitea.event.is_pull` | `issue_comment` | Whether the comment was made on a pull request. Gitea-specific, GitHub sets `issue.pull_request` on the issue object instead. | `true` |
| `gitea.event.pull_request.number`<br/>`gitea.event.pull_request.title`<br/>`gitea.event.pull_request.body`<br/>`gitea.event.pull_request.draft`<br/>`gitea.event.pull_request.merged`<br/>`gitea.event.pull_request.state`<br/>`gitea.event.pull_request.labels`<br/>`gitea.event.pull_request.user.login` | `pull_request`, `pull_request_target`, `pull_request_review`, `pull_request_review_comment` | The pull request the event happened on. | `Add caching to CI` |
| `gitea.event.pull_request.head.ref`<br/>`gitea.event.pull_request.head.sha`<br/>`gitea.event.pull_request.head.repo.full_name` | `pull_request`, `pull_request_target`, `pull_request_review`, `pull_request_review_comment` | The source branch of the pull request. | `feature-branch` |
| `gitea.event.pull_request.base.ref`<br/>`gitea.event.pull_request.base.sha` | `pull_request`, `pull_request_target`, `pull_request_review`, `pull_request_review_comment` | The target branch of the pull request. | `main` |
| `gitea.event.review.type` | `pull_request_review`, `pull_request_review_comment` | The kind of review: `pull_request_review_approved`, `pull_request_review_rejected` or `pull_request_review_comment`. GitHub uses `review.state` with the values `approved`, `changes_requested` and `commented`. | `pull_request_review_approved` |
| `gitea.event.review.content` | `pull_request_review`, `pull_request_review_comment` | The body of the review. GitHub names this field `review.body`. | `Ship it` |
| `gitea.event.changes.title.from`<br/>`gitea.event.changes.body.from` | `issues`, `issue_comment`, `pull_request` | The previous value. Only set when `action` is `edited`. | `Old title` |
| `gitea.event.release.tag_name`<br/>`gitea.event.release.name`<br/>`gitea.event.release.body`<br/>`gitea.event.release.draft`<br/>`gitea.event.release.prerelease` | `release` | The release the event happened on. | `v1.2.3` |
| `gitea.event.package.name`<br/>`gitea.event.package.type`<br/>`gitea.event.package.version` | `registry_package` | The package the event happened on. | `gitea` |
| `gitea.event.workflow_run.id`<br/>`gitea.event.workflow_run.event`<br/>`gitea.event.workflow_run.status`<br/>`gitea.event.workflow_run.conclusion`<br/>`gitea.event.workflow_run.head_branch`<br/>`gitea.event.workflow_run.head_sha` | `workflow_run` | The workflow run that the event reports on. | `success` |
`schedule` runs have no webhook of their own. Their payload is the payload of the push that registered the schedule, with `schedule`, `repository`, `sender` and, for organization-owned repositories, `organization` filled in.
Only those fields are meaningful, and `sender.login` is always `gitea-actions`.
## User-defined variables
You can create configuration variables on the user, organization and repository level.
The level of the variable depends on where you created it. When creating a variable, the
key will be converted to uppercase. You need use uppercase on the yaml file.
## Naming conventions
### Naming conventions
The following rules apply to variable names:
@@ -21,12 +181,12 @@ The following rules apply to variable names:
- Variable names must be unique at the level they are created at.
- Variable names must not start with `CI`.
## Using variable
### Using variables
After creating configuration variables, they will be automatically filled in the `vars` context.
They can be accessed through expressions like `${{ vars.VARIABLE_NAME }}` in the workflow.
## Precedence
### Precedence
If a variable with the same name exists at multiple levels, the variable at the lowest level takes precedence:
A repository variable will always be chosen over an organization/user variable.
In Gitea `1.13`, support for [AGit](https://git-repo.info/en/2020/03/agit-flow-and-git-repo/) was added. AGit enables users to create pull requests directly, even without write permissions of the repository, eliminating the need to fork it. This helps reduce the number of duplicated repositories and minimizes unnecessary disk usage.
:::note
Git version 2.29 or higher is required on the server side for this to work.
:::
## Creating PRs with AGit
AGit allows to create PRs while pushing code to the remote repo.
This can be done by pushing to a special refspec (a location identifier known to git) instead of to a branch.
- `<remote>`: The remote pointing at the target repository (not a fork!), `origin` in the example above
- `<local-rev>`: The local branch or commit containing the changes you are proposing, `HEAD` in the example above
- `refs/for/<branch>`: The target PR type and configuration
- `for`: Create a normal PR with `<branch>` as the target branch. This is the only prefix supported at the moment, `refs/draft/...` and `refs/for-review/...` are reserved for future use and do not create a PR.
- `<branch>`: The branch you want your changes to be merged into
- `<topic>`: Optional, an alternative to `-o topic=<topic>`. The push is rejected with `topic-branch is not set` if the topic is given in neither place.
- `-o <option>[=<value>]`: Options for the PR
- `topic`: The topic of this change. It will become the name of the branch holding the changes waiting for review (prefixed with your user name). This is REQUIRED to trigger a pull request, unless it is already part of the refspec.
- `title`: The PR title (optional but recommended), only used for topics not already having an associated PR.
- `description`: The PR description (optional but recommended), only used for topics not already having an associated PR.
- `force-push=true`: Specifies whether to force-update the target branch.
- Note: omitting the value and using just `-o force-push` will also work.
Here's another example for creating a new PR targeting `main` with `topic`, `title`, and `description`:
```shell
git push origin HEAD:refs/for/main -o topic="topic_of_my_PR" -o title="Title of the PR" -o description="# The PR Description\nThis can be **any** markdown content.\n- [x] Ok"
Some projects have a standard list of questions that users need to answer
when creating an issue or pull request. Gitea supports adding templates to the
main branch of the repository so that they can autopopulate the form when users are
**default branch of the repository** so that they can autopopulate the form when users are
creating issues and pull requests. This will cut down on the initial back and forth
of getting some clarifying details.
It is currently not possible to provide generic issue/pull-request templates globally.
Additionally, the New Issue page URL can be suffixed with `?title=Issue+Title&body=Issue+Text` and the form will be populated with those strings. Those strings will be used instead of the template if there is one.
@@ -98,6 +99,9 @@ name: "Template Name"
about: "This template is for testing!"
title: "[TEST] "
ref: "main"
assignees: ["user1"]
projects:
- Example Project
labels:
- bug
@@ -110,7 +114,10 @@ This is the template!
In the above example, when a user is presented with the list of issues they can submit, this would show as `Template Name` with the description
`This template is for testing!`. When submitting an issue with the above example, the issue title would be pre-populated with
`[TEST] ` while the issue body would be pre-populated with `This is the template!`. The issue would also be assigned two labels,
`[TEST] ` while the issue body would be pre-populated with `This is the template!`.
The issue would be assigned to `user1`.
The issue would be assigned to the project `Example Project`.
The issue would also be assigned two labels,
`bug` and `help needed`, and the issue will have a reference to `main`.
## Syntax for yaml template
@@ -126,6 +133,12 @@ body:
attributes:
value: |
Thanks for taking the time to fill out this bug report!
# some markdown that will only be visible once the issue has been created
- type: markdown
attributes:
value: |
This issue was created by an issue **template** :)
visible: [content]
- type: input
id: contact
attributes:
@@ -173,15 +186,21 @@ body:
id: terms
attributes:
label: Code of Conduct
hide_label: true
description: By submitting this issue, you agree to follow our [Code of Conduct](https://example.com)
options:
- label: I agree to follow this project's Code of Conduct
required: true
- label: I have also read the CONTRIBUTION.MD
required: true
visible: [form]
- label: This is a TODO only visible after issue creation
visible: [content]
```
### Markdown
You can use a `markdown` element to display Markdown in your form that provides extra context to the user, but is not submitted.
You can use a `markdown` element to display Markdown in your form that provides extra context to the user, but is not submitted by default.
| label | A brief description of the expected user input, which is also displayed in the form. | Required | String | - | - |
| description | A description of the text area to provide context or guidance, which is displayed in the form. | Optional | String | Empty String | - |
| placeholder | A semi-opaque placeholder that renders in the text area when empty. | Optional | String | Empty String | - |
| value | Text that is pre-filled in the text area. | Optional | String | - | - |
| render | If a value is provided, submitted text will be formatted into a codeblock. When this key is provided, the text area will not expand for file attachments or Markdown editing. | Optional | String | - | Languages known to Gitea. |
| label | A brief description of the expected user input, which is also displayed in the form. | Required | String | - | - |
| hide_label | If true, the label normally used as a headline is not visible. | Optional | Boolean | false | - |
| description | A description of the text area to provide context or guidance, which is displayed in the form. | Optional | String | Empty String | - |
| placeholder | A semi-opaque placeholder that renders in the text area when empty. | Optional | String | Empty String | - |
| value | Text that is pre-filled in the text area. | Optional | String | - | - |
| render | If a value is provided, submitted text will be formatted into a codeblock. When this key is provided, the text area will not expand for file attachments or Markdown editing. | Optional | String | - | Languages known to Gitea. |
| label | A brief description of the expected user input, which is also displayed in the form. | Required | String | - | - |
| hide_label | If true, the label normally used as a headline is not visible. | Optional | Boolean | false | - |
| description | A description of the field to provide context or guidance, which is displayed in the form. | Optional | String | Empty String | - |
| placeholder | A semi-transparent placeholder that renders in the field when empty. | Optional | String | Empty String | - |
| value | Text that is pre-filled in the field. | Optional | String | - | - |
Validations:
@@ -230,6 +255,8 @@ Validations:
| is_number | Prevents form submission until element is filled with a number. | Optional | Boolean | false | - |
| regex | Prevents form submission until element is filled with a value that match the regular expression. | Optional | String | - | a [regular expression](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression) |
visible: Default is **[form, content]**
### Dropdown
You can use a `dropdown` element to add a dropdown menu in your form.
| label | A brief description of the expected user input, which is displayed in the form. | Required | String | - | - |
| hide_label | If true, the label normally used as a headline is not visible. | Optional | Boolean | false | - |
| description | A description of the dropdown to provide extra context or guidance, which is displayed in the form. | Optional | String | Empty String | - |
| multiple | Determines if the user can select more than one option. | Optional | Boolean | false | - |
| list | If true, display as a list. If false, print items on one line with commas. | Optional | Boolean | false | - |
| options | An array of options the user can choose from. Cannot be empty and all choices must be distinct. | Required | String array | - | - |
| label | A brief description of the expected user input, which is displayed in the form. | Required | String | - | - |
| description | A description of the set of checkboxes, which is displayed in the form. Supports Markdown formatting. | Optional | String | Empty String | - |
| options | An array of checkboxes that the user can select. For syntax, see below. | Required | Array | - | - |
| label | A brief description of the expected user input, which is displayed in the form. | Required | String | - | - |
| hide_label | If true, the label normally used as a headline is not visible. | Optional | Boolean | false | - |
| description | A description of the set of checkboxes, which is displayed in the form. Supports Markdown formatting. | Optional | String | Empty String | - |
| options | An array of checkboxes that the user can select. For syntax, see below. | Required | Array | - | - |
For each value in the options array, you can set the following keys.
| label | The identifier for the option, which is displayed in the form. Markdown is supported for bold or italic text formatting, and hyperlinks. | Required | String | - | - |
| required | Prevents form submission until element is completed. | Optional | Boolean | false | - |
| label | The identifier for the option, which is displayed in the form. Markdown is supported for bold or italic text formatting, and hyperlinks. | Required | String | - | - |
| required | Prevents form submission until element is completed. | Optional | Boolean | false | - |
| visible | Whether a specific checkbox appears in the form only, in the created issue only, or both. Valid options are "form" and "content". | Optional | String array | false | - |
visible: Default is **[form, content]**
## Syntax for issue config
@@ -276,21 +311,21 @@ This is a example for a issue config file
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ For organizations, you can define organization-wide labels that are shared with
Labels have a mandatory name, a mandatory color, an optional description, and must either be exclusive or not (see `Scoped Labels` below).
When you create a repository, you can ensure certain labels exist by using the `Issue Labels` option. This option lists a number of available label sets that are [configured globally on your instance](../administration/customizing-gitea.md#labels). Its contained labels will all be created as well while creating the repository.
When you create a repository, you can ensure certain labels exist by using the `Issue Labels` option. This option lists a number of available label sets that are [configured globally on your instance](../../administration/customizing-gitea.md#labels). Its contained labels will all be created as well while creating the repository.
@@ -40,3 +36,12 @@ You can use the following variables enclosed in `${}` inside these templates whi
- PullRequestIndex: Pull request's index number
- PullRequestReference: Pull request's reference char with index number. i.e. #1, !2
- ClosingIssues: return a string contains all issues which will be closed by this pull request i.e. `close #1, close #2`
- ReviewedOn: Which pull request this commit belongs to. For example `Reviewed-on: https://gitea.com/foo/bar/pulls/1`
- ReviewedBy: Who approved the pull request before the merge. For example `Reviewed-by: Jane Doe <[email protected]>`
## Rebase
When rebasing without a merge commit, `REBASE_TEMPLATE.md` modifies the message of the last commit. The following additional variables are available in this template:
The first value of the list will be used in helpers.
## Default pull request title
When opening a new pull request, Gitea pre-fills the title field. The source of that title is controlled by the `DEFAULT_TITLE_SOURCE` setting in `app.ini`:
```ini
[repository.pull-request]
DEFAULT_TITLE_SOURCE = first-commit
```
Two modes are available:
- **`first-commit`** (default): The title is taken from the summary line of the oldest commit in the branch. This applies regardless of how many commits are included in the PR.
- **`auto`**: When the PR contains a single commit, its summary line is used as the title (same as `first-commit` for one commit). When the PR contains multiple commits, Gitea converts the branch name into a human-readable sentence: dashes, underscores, and `camelCase` word boundaries are replaced with spaces, and the first letter is capitalized.
Example: branch name `fix-user-login-flow` with multiple commits produces the title `Fix user login flow` under `auto`, but would use the oldest commit's message under `first-commit`.
## Pull Request Templates
You can find more information about pull request templates at the page [Issue and Pull Request templates](usage/issue-pull-request-templates.md).
You can find more information about pull request templates at the page [Issue and Pull Request templates](issue-pull-request-templates.md).
Now add the registry configuration to `/etc/pacman.conf`.
```conf
[{owner}.gitea.example.com]
[{repository}]
SigLevel = Required
Server = https://gitea.example.com/api/packages/{owner}/arch/{repository}/{architecture}
Server = https://gitea.example.com/api/packages/{owner}/arch/$repo/$arch
```
| Placeholder | Description |
| -------------- | ----------- |
| `owner` | The owner of the packages. |
| `repository` | The repository to use. |
| `architecture` | The architecture to use. |
Consult the owners package overview to see what `repository` and `architecture` is available.
If the registry is private, provide credentials in the url. You can use a password or a [personal access token](development/api-usage.md#authentication):
```
Server = https://{username}:{your_password_or_token}@gitea.example.com/api/packages/{owner}/arch/{repository}/{architecture}
[{repository}]
SigLevel = Required
Server = https://{username}:{your_password_or_token}@gitea.example.com/api/packages/{owner}/arch/$repo/$arch
**The following paragraphs only apply if Packages are not globally disabled!**
@@ -56,6 +57,8 @@ and shows a link to the repository on the package site (as well as a link to the
| **read** access | public, if user is public too; otherwise for this user only | public, if org is public, otherwise for org members only |
| **write** access | owner only | org members with admin or write access to the org |
Please note, that your respective package manager needs to have a [personal access token](development/api-usage.md#authentication) with the permissions `package` set to either Read or Read & Write to download and publish packages respectively.
N.B.: These access restrictions are [subject to change](https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/issues/19270), where more finegrained control will be added via a dedicated organization team permission.
| `owner` | The owner of the state (user or organization). |
| `name` | The name of the state. |
| `username` | Your Gitea username. |
| `password` | Your Gitea password or [personal access token](development/api-usage.md#authentication). |
If you are using 2FA or OAuth use a [personal access token](development/api-usage.md#authentication) instead of the password.
## Initialize the backend
After configuring the backend, you can initialize it with:
```shell
terraform init
```
Terraform will prompt you to migrate your state if you already have one locally.
## State Locking
Gitea supports state locking to prevent concurrent modifications. The `lock_address` and `unlock_address` should point to the `/lock` sub-route of your state URL.
- **Locking**: Performed via a `POST` request to `{address}/lock`.
- **Unlocking**: Performed via a `DELETE` request to `{address}/lock`.
Terraform handles these requests automatically when configured as shown above.
## Encrypted state
The state registry supports [encrypted state](https://opentofu.org/docs/language/state/encryption/).
## State Versions and Management
Gitea keeps track of your Terraform state versions. You can use the API to retrieve or delete specific versions.
Gitea uses MarkDown structured text in many places, you can recognise it by the `.md` file extension.
Markdown is plain text format for writing structured documents, allowing one to write
"plain" text files that nonetheless have _"fancy"_**formatting**, while still keeping the plain-text version readable.
Unfortunately, due to historical implementation differences, many subtle dialects exist.
To avoid adding to the confusion, Gitea tries to follow "[GitHub Flavoured Markdown (GFM)](https://help.github.com/articles/github-flavored-markdown/)" as close as possible.
"GFM" is an extension on top of the rigorously-specified [CommonMark](https://commonmark.org/) standard.
CommonMark flavours are used by most major web platforms (e.g. Reddit, Stack Overflow, Discourse)
and git forges (GitHub, GitLab and our very own Gitea), thus you shouldn't run into any surprises with Gitea.
For a quick introduction to the syntax and features of GitHub Flavoured Markdown, see the GitHub documentation:
Gitea supports GitHub-like math expression formatting.
### Inline expression
- ``` $\alpha$ ```: quoted by single-dollar `$`
- ``` $$\alpha$$ ```: quoted by double-dollar `$$`
- ``` $`\alpha`$ ```: quoted by dollar with backquotes, the backquotes could repeat like normal code blocks.
### Block expression
Using `$$`:
````
$$
\alpha
$$
````
Using code-block with language:
````
```math
\alpha
```
````
## Frontmatter
Gitea supports frontmatter and Table of Contents (TOC) rendering. By default, frontmatter rendering is enabled, and TOC rendering is disabled.
### Enabling TOC rendering
To enable TOC rendering for a markdown file, add `include_toc: true` to its frontmatter section.
### Disabling frontmatter
To disable frontmatter rendering for a markdown file, add `gitea: none` to its frontmatter section.
### Example
```yaml
---
include_toc: true
gitea: none
---
```
Then, when you preview this markdown file in Gitea, the frontmatter section will not be rendered, and a Table of Contents will be generated at the top of the content.
To migrate from GitLab to Gitea, you can use this non-affiliated tool:
https://github.com/loganinak/MigrateGitlabToGogs
## How to migrate from AWS CodeCommit to Gitea
- To use the AWS CodeCommit API, Gitea requires an access key ID and a secret access key. For security reasons, we recommend creating a new user with the minimum necessary permissions and generating an access key ID and secret access key for the migration. The minimum permissions required for this user are as follows:
- If you do not need to migrate pull requests, you can remove the `ListPullRequests`, `GetPullRequest`, and `GetCommentsForPullRequest` actions.
- For instructions on how to create an IAM user and assign permissions, you can refer to this [AWS documentation](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_users_create.html).
- To clone this repository, Gitea requires HTTPS Git credentials. You can create HTTPS Git credentials according to this [AWS documentation](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/setting-up-gc.html).
@@ -44,7 +45,7 @@ Push to create is a feature that allows you to push to a repository that does no
### Enabling Push To Create
In the `app.ini` file, set `ENABLE_PUSH_CREATE_USER` to `true` and `ENABLE_PUSH_CREATE_ORG` to `true` if you want to allow users to create repositories in their own user account and in organizations they are a member of respectively. Restart Gitea for the changes to take effect. You can read more about these two options in the [Configuration Cheat Sheet](../administration/config-cheat-sheet.md#repository-repository).
In the `app.ini` file, set `ENABLE_PUSH_CREATE_USER` to `true` and `ENABLE_PUSH_CREATE_ORG` to `true` if you want to allow users to create repositories in their own user account and in organizations they are a member of respectively. Restart Gitea for the changes to take effect. You can read more about these two options in the [Configuration Cheat Sheet](../../administration/config-cheat-sheet.md#repository-repository).
Repository mirroring allows for the mirroring of repositories to and from external sources. You can use it to mirror branches, tags, and commits between repositories.
Since Gitea `1.11`, you can create template repositories.
When creating a repo based on a template, you can copy most of its content, and even auto-inject variables into it.
By default, variables will not be expanded in any file.
Only files contained in a pattern inside the `.gitea/template` file will be checked for if they contain variables.
When creating the template, all files are included except for this `.gitea/template` file.
Gitea uses [gobwas/glob](https://github.com/gobwas/glob) for its glob syntax.
It closely resembles a traditional `.gitignore`, however there may be slight differences.
## Example `.gitea/template` file
All paths are relative to the base of the repository
```gitignore
# Expand all .go files, anywhere in the repository
**.go
# All text files in the text directory
text/*.txt
# A specific file
a/b/c/d.json
# Batch files in both upper or lower case can be matched
**.[bB][aA][tT]
```
Gitea also supports to use sections to exclude some files:
```
[expand]
*.md
[exclude]
*.log
```
## Variable Expansion
In any file matched by the above globs, the variables below will be expanded.
Matching filenames and paths can also be expanded, and are conservatively sanitized to support cross-platform filesystems.
You can use variables by prefixing them with `$` or surrounding them with `${}`, so both `$VAR` and `${VAR}` insert the value of `VAR` at this location.
To escape an expansion, use `$$`, such as `$$VAR` or `$${VAR}`.
These are the variables Gitea currently recognizes:
| YEAR | The year of generating the repository (i.e. `2024`) | ✘ |
| MONTH | The month of generating the repository (i.e. `03`) | ✘ |
| MONTH_ENGLISH | The month but in English (i.e. `March`) | ✓ |
| DAY | The day of generating the repository (i.e. `02`) | ✘ |
| REPO_NAME | The name of the generated repository | ✓ |
| TEMPLATE_NAME | The name of the template repository | ✓ |
| REPO_DESCRIPTION | The description of the generated repository | ✘ |
| TEMPLATE_DESCRIPTION | The description of the template repository | ✘ |
| REPO_OWNER | The owner of the generated repository | ✓ |
| TEMPLATE_OWNER | The owner of the template repository | ✓ |
| REPO_LINK | The URL to the generated repository | ✘ |
| TEMPLATE_LINK | The URL to the template repository | ✘ |
| REPO_HTTPS_URL | The HTTP(S) clone link for the generated repository | ✘ |
| TEMPLATE_HTTPS_URL | The HTTP(S) clone link for the template repository | ✘ |
| REPO_SSH_URL | The SSH clone link for the generated repository | ✘ |
| TEMPLATE_SSH_URL | The SSH clone link for the template repository | ✘ |
## Transformers :robot:
Since Gitea `1.12.0`, variables marked as transformable in the table above also have alternative versions where the given transformer has been applied.
Transformed variables can be called by appending the transformer name to the variable name.
For example, to get `REPO_NAME` in `PASCAL`-case, you should use the variable `${REPO_NAME_PASCAL}`.
The following transformers are available (assuming `go-sdk` is the input):
with each webhook delivery. This is independent from the webhook secret:
- Use the secret to verify integrity with HMAC.
- Use the `Authorization` header when the receiving endpoint requires
application-level authentication.
## Delivery
This section describes how Gitea sends webhook deliveries and how receivers can
identify and verify them.
### Delivery behavior
- Webhooks are delivered asynchronously over HTTP.
- Generic `Gitea` and `Gogs` webhooks support `POST` and `GET`; `POST` is the
normal choice.
- For `POST` requests, the payload can be sent either as JSON
(`application/json`) or as a form field named `payload`
(`application/x-www-form-urlencoded`).
- Provider-specific integrations may use the HTTP method and body format
required by that provider.
### Delivery headers
Every delivery includes a unique delivery ID and event headers. For
GitHub-compatible integrations, Gitea also sends the corresponding GitHub and
Gogs header names.
| Header | Description |
| --- | --- |
| `X-Gitea-Delivery` | Unique delivery UUID for this attempt. |
| `X-Gitea-Event` | Normalized event name, such as `push`, `issues`, or `pull_request`. |
| `X-Gitea-Event-Type` | More specific event type, such as `issue_assign` or `pull_request_review_comment`. |
| `X-Gitea-Signature` | Hex-encoded HMAC-SHA256 of the raw request body, without a prefix. |
| `X-Gitea-Hook-Installation-Target-Type` | Where the webhook is defined: typically `repository`, `organization`, `user`, or `system`. Default webhooks are copied into repositories before delivery, so they are typically delivered as `repository`. |
| `X-Gogs-Delivery`, `X-Gogs-Event`, `X-Gogs-Event-Type`, `X-Gogs-Signature` | Compatibility headers with the same values as the Gitea variants. |
There is a Test Delivery button in the webhook settings that allows to test the configuration as well as a list of the most Recent Deliveries.
### Authorization header
**With 1.19**, Gitea hooks can be configured to send an [authorization header](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/Authorization) to the webhook target.
content:`<a href="https://about.gitea.com/products/cloud">Try Gitea Cloud ☁️ for 30 days <span aria-hidden="true">→</span> Accelerate your Development & Deploys!</a>`,
- `SCHEMA`: **_empty_**: 对于 PostgreSQL,如果与 "public" 不同的模式。模式必须事先存在,用户必须对其具有创建特权,并且用户搜索路径必须设置为首先查找模式(例如 `ALTER USER user SET SEARCH_PATH = schema_name,"$user",public;`)。
- `SSL_MODE`: **disable**: MySQL 或 PostgreSQL 数据库是否启用 SSL 模式,仅适用于 MySQL 和 PostgreSQL。
Loaded 100 of 2047 files, more files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff.
Show more
Reference in new issue
Block a user
Blocking a user prevents them from interacting with repositories, such as opening or commenting on pull requests or issues. Learn more about blocking a user.